Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

head for shore

Толкование Перевод

1 aansturen

aansturen

1 [+ op] [naar een punt richten] head/make for

2 [+ op] [trachten te bereiken/verkrijgen] aim for/at ⇒ steer towards, 〈 bedoelen〉 drive at

♦voorbeelden:

1 op de wal aansturen • head for shore

2 ik zou niet weten waar hij op aanstuurt • I don't know what he's driving at

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > aansturen
2 landwaarts richten

landwaarts richten

head for shore; 〈 scheepvaart〉 put to

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > landwaarts richten
3 landwaarts

landwaarts

1 landward(s) ⇒ towards the land

♦voorbeelden:

1   de wind draaide landwaarts • the wind shifted onshore

     landwaarts richten • head for shore; 〈 scheepvaart〉 put to

     landwaarts stevenen • steer landward(s); 〈 scheepvaart〉 put to

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > landwaarts
4 op de wal aansturen

op de wal aansturen

head for shore

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > op de wal aansturen
5 к

1. against

по отношению к доллару — against the dollar

к концу недели — against the end of the week

прислоняться к стене — to lean against a wall

претензия к продавцу — claim against the seller

прилегать к поверхности — bear against the surface

2. toward

тенденция к радикализму — squint towards radicalism

тенденция к нарастанию — trend towards an escalation

он стал подвигаться к двери — he drew towards the door

тенденция к конфронтации — trend towards confrontation

направить лодку к берегу — to head a boat towards shore

3. by

она прижимала ребёнка к груди — she clasped her baby to her breast

4. ck

возвращаешься к прошлому — hark back (refl.)

возвращающ к прошлому — harking back (refl.)

подплыть к берегу — to put back to the shore

положение спиной к снаряду — back position

вернуться к прежней теме — to go back to a subject

5. to; toward; for

к оплате — for payment

к печати — for printing

по отношению к — toward

к себе — home; into room

направляться к — head for

6. for

стремящийся к — eager for

питать интерес к — care for

годный к службе — fit for duty

к погружению! — rig for diving!

принудит к оплате — force to pay

7. towards

по направления к — toward

ближе к вечеру — along toward evening

к концу 1914 — toward the end of 1914

пристрастное отношение к — bias towards

сползание к войне — sliding towards war

Антонимический ряд:

от

Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > к
6 stå

stand

* * *

I.:

[ gå i stå] stop ( fx he stopped in the middle of a sentence; the watch

(, clock) stopped; his heart stopped), come to a standstill ( fx

production (, operations) came to a standstill), come to a stop,

( langsomt) grind to a halt ( fx the train ground to a halt; when the strike began production ground to a halt);

( glemme hvad man skal (, vil) sige, T) get stuck, dry up ( fx he

dried up in the middle of his speech);

( om motor) stop, stall,

T conk out, go on the blink;

[ han er gået åndeligt i stå] he has come to a mental halt; he is

psychologically arrested;

[ sætte i stå] stop, bring ( fx industry) to a standstill.

II. vb (stod, stået)

(mods: sidde, ligge) stand ( fx I have been standing all day), be standing up;

(= være) be ( fx there is a tree in front of the house);

[ stå alene] be alone ( fx I was alone in the world);

[ stå og], se ndf;

[ som sagerne står] as matters stand;

[ stå stille], se II. stille;

[ uret står] the watch (, clock) has stopped;

( finde sted) take place ( fx when will the marriage take place?), be (

fx when is the marriage (to be)? there was a debate about it; there was a battle);

[ brylluppet stod i domkirken] the wedding took place (, F: was solemnized) in the cathedral;

[ brylluppet stod i London] the wedding took place (, F: was celebrated) in London;

[ der stod et slag]

( også) a battle was fought;

[ der står at...]

(i brev etc) it says that...;

[ det står 3-2]

( om sportskamp) the score is 3-2;

[ det står hos Byron, det står i avisen], se ndf;

[ med vb:]

[ sagen står og falder med...] the case stands or falls with...; the case hangs on...;

[ det hele står og falder med ham] it all depends on him; he is the kingpin of the whole undertaking;

[ kom som du står og går] come as you are;

[ det tøj jeg står og går i] the clothes I stand up in;

[ lade noget stå] let something stand,

(= lade det være i fred) leave something alone,

( ikke slette det) leave something in, keep something;

[ lade døren stå] leave the door open;

[ lade skægget stå], se I. skæg;

[ han stod og så på mig] he stood looking (el. and looked) at me;

[ stå og skulle til at] be about to, be on the point of -ing;

[ med sig:]

[ stå sig]

( hævde sig) hold one's own;

[ stå sig godt med] be on good terms with, stand well with;

[ kunne stå sig mod (el. over for) én] be a match for somebody;

[ stå sig ved] serve oneself well (, best) by, profit by;

[ jeg står mig ved at vente]

( også) it pays me to wait;

[ med præp & adv:]

[ stå `af]

(dvs af køretøj) get off,

( af hest, cykel) get off,

F dismount;

(dvs melde fra) opt out ( fx when they began to get violent I opted out);

[ stå af bussen]

(etc) get off the bus (etc);

[ stå af cyklen] get off one's bicycle,

F dismount from one's bicycle;

[ stå bag]

(dvs støtte) stand behind;

(dvs være ophavsmanden) be behind;

[ stå bag én]

(dvs støtte også) back somebody up;

[ det er ham der står bag ved]

(dvs er ophavsmanden) he is the one behind it all, he is the one who pulls the strings;

[ stå én bi] stand by somebody ( fx stand by one's friend),

F aid;

[ lykken står den kække bi] fortune favours the brave;

[ så det står efter] with a vengeance, like anything;

[ stå fast] stand firm;

[ det står fast at] it is an established fact that, the fact remains that;

[ stå fast på] insist on;

[ stå fast ved] stick to;

[ stå ` for] screen somebody (, something) from view,

( om flere) stand round somebody (, something) in a ring;

[` stå for]

( betyde) stand for ( fx what do the letters GATT stand for?),

(mene etc) stand for ( fx I don't know what he stands for),

( lede) be in charge of ( fx the arrangements), manage ( fx the

house);

[ kunne stå for] be able to resist ( fx they made him an offer he could not resist); stand up to ( fx this furniture will stand up to any amount of rough treatment; the theory will not (, did not) stand up to close examination);

[ kunne stå for kritik] be proof against criticism,

(om bog etc) pass muster;

[ hans ansigt står stadig for mig]

(dvs for mit indre blik) his face is still before me (el. still haunts me);

[ hun er ikke til at stå for] she is irresistible;

(se også skud);

[ stå foran] stand in front of;

[ når der står en vokal foran] when preceded by a vowel;

[ stå frem] stand forward,

( rage frem) stand out;

(se også ndf: stå ud);

[ stå frit]

( være uafhængig) be independent,

( have handlefrihed) have a free hand;

[ det står dig frit for] you can do it if you like;

[ det står dig frit for at] you are at liberty to ( fx accept the offer if you wish);

[ det står dig frit for om du vil gøre det eller ej] you can decide for yourself whether you will do it or not;

[ lade det stå hen] leave it open (el. undecided),

F leave it in abeyance;

[ som der står hos Byron] as Byron has it;

[ det står hos Byron] it is in Byron;

[ stå ` hos] stand by;

[ det står i avisen] it is (el. it says so) in the paper;

[ der står i avisen at han er her] it says in the paper (el. the paper says) that he is here;

[ det står i akkusativ] it is in the accusative;

[ aktierne står i pari] the shares are quoted at par;

[ pengene står i en bank] the money is (deposited) in a bank;

[ pengene står i landejendomme] the money is invested in landed property;

[huset stod ham i £50.000] the house cost him £50,000;

(se også blomst, I. fare, forhold, I. lue, I. lære, magt, vej);

[ stå noget igennem] come through something;

[ vi håber hun vil stå det igennem] we hope she will pull through;

[ stå ` imod] resist;

[ få noget (dvs at spise) til at stå imod med] have something to put one on;

[ lægge lidt penge til side til at stå imod med] put a little money away for a rainy day;

[ stå ind mod land] head for the shore;

[ stå inde for] answer for, vouch for,

(se også indestå);

[ stå lige], se III. lige;

[` stå op] stand, be standing up;

[ stå `op] stand up,

( af sengen) get up,

F rise ( fx rise with the sun),

( om solen, månen etc) rise;

[ stå op af døde, stå op fra de døde] rise from the dead;

[ stå op på] get up on ( fx the table),

F mount;

[ få noget op at stå]

(fig) get something off the ground; get something going;

[ få det op at stå]

( også) get the show on the road;

[ stå over]

( overvåge) stand over,

( være højere stillet end) be above,

( være bedre end) be superior to;

[ de der står over ham] his superiors;

[ stå over for] face, stand facing,

F be confronted by ( fx when he left the house he was confronted by a policeman),

(fig, om vanskeligheder etc) face ( fx growing opposition), be faced with ( fx a choice),

F be confronted by ( fx a difficult task);

( kunne se frem til) be able to look forward to ( fx we can now look forward to falling unemployment);

[ stå `på]

( stige ind) get up, get in;

[ barometeret står på regnvejr] the barometer is at rain;

[ den står på bøf hver dag] we (, they) have steak every day;

[ stå på cyklen] get on one's bicycle,

F mount one's bicycle;

[ en plade på hvilken der stod...] a tablet bearing the inscription...; a tablet on which was written...;

[ stå på et tog (, en bus etc)]

(dvs stige ind) get on a train (, bus etc), board a train (, bus etc);

[ termometeret står på 90ø] the thermometer stands at 90ø;

[ viseren står på 3] the hand points to 3;

[ stå på sin ret] stand on one's rights;

[ mens det stod `på] while it lasted, while it was going on;

[ mens forhandlingerne stod `på] during (, F: pending) the negotiations;

[ den side hvor vinden står `på] the windward side, the side exposed to the wind;

[ når solen står `på] when (it is) exposed to the sun;

(se også ben, hoved, pind, vagt);

[ stå sammen] stand together,

T stick together ( fx we must stick together);

[ stå stærkt (, svagt)] be in a strong (, weak) position;

[` stå til]

( passe til) go well with,

( om farver også) match;

[ mit håb står kun til dig] I set all my hopes on you;

[ han står til 4 år] he stands to get 4 years;

[ lade stå ` til]

( tage chancen) chance it,

( opgive ævred) let things slide;

[ hvordan står det til ( med dig, etc)?] how are you (etc)?

T how are you (etc) doing?

[ det står dårligt til] things are not (any) too good;

[ det står dårligt til med ham]

T he is in a bad way;

[ det står dårligt til med økonomien]

(dvs i landet) the economy is in a bad shape;

[ stå til søs (el. havs)] put to sea;

[ det står til ( Deres) disposition] it is at your disposal;

[ det står til dig at gøre det] it is up to you to do it;

[ hvis det stod til ham] if he had his way;

[ han står ikke til at redde] he is past praying for;

(se også regnskab);

[ stå tilbage]

( være til rest) be left,

F remain;

( i udvikling) be backward;

[ stå tilbage for] be inferior to, fall short of;

[ han står ikke tilbage for nogen] he is second to none;

[ stå ud]

(fx af vogn) get out,

( rage frem) stick out,

F project,

( iøjnefaldende) jut out,

F protrude;

[ stå ud af sengen] get out of bed;

[ stå ud fra land]

(mar) stand off the land;

[ stå udenfor]

(fig) have no part in it;

( være holdt ude) be left out;

[ stå under én]

( under éns kommando) be under (the command of) somebody,

( i rang) rank below somebody;

( være ringere end én) be inferior to somebody, be below somebody;

[ stå ved sit løfte] stand by one's promise;

[ han tør stå ved sine meninger] he has the courage of his convictions;

(se også magt, ror).

Danish-English dictionary > stå
7 направить

1. point at

направить лодку к берегу — to head a boat towards shore

2. direct; refer; send; assign; detach; go; head for; turn

направить больного в больницу — to send a case to hospital

направить апелляцию — to direct an appeal

направит ультиматум — send an ultimatum

направить доклад — to send up a report

направить в суд — to refer to court

3. aim

4. bend

5. guide

6. refer

7. relegate

8. shepherd

9. turn

Синонимический ряд:

1. обратить (глаг.) адресовать; вонзить; вперить; навести; наставить; нацелить; обратить; сконцентрировать; сосредоточить; упереть; уставить; устремить; уткнуть

2. послать (глаг.) командировать; откомандировать; отправить; отрядить; погнать; послать

Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > направить
8 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
9 apoyar

v.

1 to lean, to rest.

apoya la cabeza en mi hombro rest your head on my shoulder

apoyó la bicicleta contra la pared she leant the bicycle against the wall

Ricardo apoya su cabeza sobre la silla Richard leans his head on the chair.

2 to support.

lo apoyó mucho durante su depresión she gave him a lot of support when he was depressed

3 to back up, to stand up for, to advocate, to endorse.

Ella apoya los proyectos ecológicos She backs up ecological projects.

4 to prop, to uphold, to backstop.

Ella apoyó las vigas en la pared She propped the beams on the wall.

* * *

apoyar

► verbo transitivo

1 to lean, rest

■ apoyar la cabeza to rest one's head

2 (fundar) to base, found

■ apoya su teoría en pruebas concluyentes he bases his theory on hard evidence

3 figurado (defender algo) to support; (defender a alguien) to back, support

■ sus padres le apoyan en todo her parents support everything she does

► verbo pronominal apoyarse

1 (descansar) to lean (en, on), rest (en, on), stand (en, on)

■ la estatua se apoya en un pilar the statue stands on a column

■ apóyate en mí lean on me

■ se apoya demasiado en sus padres he relies too much on his parents

2 (dar el brazo) to hold on (en, to)

3 figurado (basarse) to be based (en, on)

■ ¿en qué te apoyas para decir eso? what do you base your arguments on?

* * *

verb

1) to support, back

2) rest, lean

•

- apoyarse

* * *

1. VT

1) (=reclinar) to rest, lean

apoya la cabeza en mi hombro — rest o lean your head on my shoulder

no apoyes los codos en la mesa — don't put o lean your elbows on the table

apoya la bicicleta contra la pared — lean the bicycle against the wall

2) (=ayudar) to support

no me apoyan en nada de lo que hago — they don't support me in anything I do

no apoyaremos más al gobierno — we will no longer support the government

los nuevos datos apoyan mi teoría — the new information supports my theory

3) (=basar) to base

apoya su argumento en los siguientes hechos — he bases his argument on the following facts

4) (=secundar) [+ propuesta, idea] to support

5) (Arquit, Téc) to support

2.

See:

apoyarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) ( hacer descansar) to rest

apóyalo contra la pared — lean o rest it against the wall

2)

a) ( respaldar) <propuesta/persona> to back, support

nadie la apoyó en su iniciativa — no one backed o supported her initiative

b) < teoría> to support, bear out
2.
apoyarse v pron

1) (para sostenerse, descansar)

apoyarse en algo — to lean on something

camina apoyándose en un bastón — she walks using a cane for support

se apoya mucho en su familia — he leans heavily on his family

2) (basarse, fundarse)

apoyarse en algo — to be based on something

¿en qué se apoya para hacer tal acusación? — what are you basing your accusation on?

* * *

= back, boost, endorse, espouse, give + support, give + weight to, lend + weight to, offer + support, support, sustain, align + Reflexivo + with, prop, buttress, lend + support, undergird, bolster, add + weight to, add + Posesivo + weight to, buy into, shore up, back into, second, ditto, stand by, rally (a)round, rally behind, plump for, forward, back + Nombre + up.

Ex. Co-operative, carefully planned and financed internationally backed efforts have been the keynote of more recent activity.

Ex. If the title is selected by a book club this helps boost the print-run and overall sales.

Ex. These rules follow a general trend in filing practices in endorsing the 'file-as-is' principle outlined below.

Ex. Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.

Ex. If support for quality cataloging is not going to be given, I think we should give it up entirely.

Ex. The resulting compromise in the overall design principles followed is, therefore, likely to give greater weight to these conventional needs.

Ex. They can bring into relief differing conditions in member countries and they often lend weight to arguments for or against various policy options.

Ex. I have many people to acknowledge, beginning with my co-editor who offered untiring support and many useful suggestions in putting together the institutes.

Ex. In order to support these three elements, and to ensure that schemes are updated it is important to have some organisation which takes responsibility for revision and publication.

Ex. Publishers in the United Stated benefit from a larger home market which serves to sustain the production of an information tool.

Ex. This article argues that fiction is an area of stock development which would readily achieve the goals of development with which public librarians have aligned themselves.

Ex. The type cases were propped up for use on a timber frame at a convenient working height.

Ex. Authors were often buttressed in their novel writing by other pieces of freelance writing.

Ex. The librarian who lends support to those who criticize the organization which employs him is likely also to find his position difficult.

Ex. Both libraries sought to undergird their partnership essential to a central role in collegiate education.

Ex. Bibliometric studies used to bolster the subjective opinions of librarians are not always useful for specialized areas.

Ex. Measurement of library activities can provide the evidence to erase misconceptions and add weight to those aspects of service that present a more powerful image = La medición de las actividades bibliotecarias puede proporcionar las pruebas necesarias para erradicar falsas ideas y apoyar aquellos aspectos del servicio que presentan una mejor imagen de la biblioteca.

Ex. But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.

Ex. The vendor, like the academic librarian it services, it must buy into the mission of the academic institution.

Ex. This project seeks to return control of scholarly publications to the academy and to shore up the case for publication of genuine scholarly works.

Ex. To the best of my knowledge, most of the big research libraries backed into the world of media = Según mi opinión, la mayoría de las bibliotecas académicas apostaron por adquirir todo tipo de soporte.

Ex. Most of the proposals for establishing gender studies were seconded.

Ex. I received mine yesterday and I'll ditto the fact that they look very professional.

Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.

Ex. I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.

Ex. The second group, who rallied behind McCarthy, was composed of students and intellectuals who were vociferous against the war.

Ex. There is some discussion as to what RSS stands for, but the majority plump for 'Really Simple Syndication'.

Ex. In order to forward the mission of the University, specific programs will be targeted for growth, consolidation, and possible elimination.

Ex. Often they use rather fancy words, such as 'theoretical models' or 'constructs' or 'paradigms' to describe what are, very frequently, no more than hypothetical ideas or categorisations which have little empirical evidence to back them up.

----

* apoyar Algo completamente = put + Posesivo + muscle behind + Nombre.

* apoyar de nuevo = reendorse.

* apoyar en = lean against.

* apoyar la idea = endorse + the idea.

* apoyar la necesidad de = endorse + the need (for/to).

* apoyar + Posesivo + argumento = support + Posesivo + case, buttress + Posesivo + case.

* apoyarse en = lean on/upon, inform.

* apoyarse sobre = rest on/upon.

* apoyar una causa = forward + cause, support + cause.

* apoyar una idea = favour + idea.

* apoyar una opinión = support + contention.

* apoyar un argumento = support + contention.

* apoyar una tesis = give + weight to the claim that.

* persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.

* que apoya moralmente = supportive.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) ( hacer descansar) to rest

apóyalo contra la pared — lean o rest it against the wall

2)

a) ( respaldar) <propuesta/persona> to back, support

nadie la apoyó en su iniciativa — no one backed o supported her initiative

b) < teoría> to support, bear out
2.
apoyarse v pron

1) (para sostenerse, descansar)

apoyarse en algo — to lean on something

camina apoyándose en un bastón — she walks using a cane for support

se apoya mucho en su familia — he leans heavily on his family

2) (basarse, fundarse)

apoyarse en algo — to be based on something

¿en qué se apoya para hacer tal acusación? — what are you basing your accusation on?

* * *

= back, boost, endorse, espouse, give + support, give + weight to, lend + weight to, offer + support, support, sustain, align + Reflexivo + with, prop, buttress, lend + support, undergird, bolster, add + weight to, add + Posesivo + weight to, buy into, shore up, back into, second, ditto, stand by, rally (a)round, rally behind, plump for, forward, back + Nombre + up.

Ex: Co-operative, carefully planned and financed internationally backed efforts have been the keynote of more recent activity.

Ex: If the title is selected by a book club this helps boost the print-run and overall sales.

Ex: These rules follow a general trend in filing practices in endorsing the 'file-as-is' principle outlined below.

Ex: Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.

Ex: If support for quality cataloging is not going to be given, I think we should give it up entirely.

Ex: The resulting compromise in the overall design principles followed is, therefore, likely to give greater weight to these conventional needs.

Ex: They can bring into relief differing conditions in member countries and they often lend weight to arguments for or against various policy options.

Ex: I have many people to acknowledge, beginning with my co-editor who offered untiring support and many useful suggestions in putting together the institutes.

Ex: In order to support these three elements, and to ensure that schemes are updated it is important to have some organisation which takes responsibility for revision and publication.

Ex: Publishers in the United Stated benefit from a larger home market which serves to sustain the production of an information tool.

Ex: This article argues that fiction is an area of stock development which would readily achieve the goals of development with which public librarians have aligned themselves.

Ex: The type cases were propped up for use on a timber frame at a convenient working height.

Ex: Authors were often buttressed in their novel writing by other pieces of freelance writing.

Ex: The librarian who lends support to those who criticize the organization which employs him is likely also to find his position difficult.

Ex: Both libraries sought to undergird their partnership essential to a central role in collegiate education.

Ex: Bibliometric studies used to bolster the subjective opinions of librarians are not always useful for specialized areas.

Ex: Measurement of library activities can provide the evidence to erase misconceptions and add weight to those aspects of service that present a more powerful image = La medición de las actividades bibliotecarias puede proporcionar las pruebas necesarias para erradicar falsas ideas y apoyar aquellos aspectos del servicio que presentan una mejor imagen de la biblioteca.

Ex: But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.

Ex: The vendor, like the academic librarian it services, it must buy into the mission of the academic institution.

Ex: This project seeks to return control of scholarly publications to the academy and to shore up the case for publication of genuine scholarly works.

Ex: To the best of my knowledge, most of the big research libraries backed into the world of media = Según mi opinión, la mayoría de las bibliotecas académicas apostaron por adquirir todo tipo de soporte.

Ex: Most of the proposals for establishing gender studies were seconded.

Ex: I received mine yesterday and I'll ditto the fact that they look very professional.

Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.

Ex: I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.

Ex: The second group, who rallied behind McCarthy, was composed of students and intellectuals who were vociferous against the war.

Ex: There is some discussion as to what RSS stands for, but the majority plump for 'Really Simple Syndication'.

Ex: In order to forward the mission of the University, specific programs will be targeted for growth, consolidation, and possible elimination.

Ex: Often they use rather fancy words, such as 'theoretical models' or 'constructs' or 'paradigms' to describe what are, very frequently, no more than hypothetical ideas or categorisations which have little empirical evidence to back them up.

* apoyar Algo completamente = put + Posesivo + muscle behind + Nombre.

* apoyar de nuevo = reendorse.

* apoyar en = lean against.

* apoyar la idea = endorse + the idea.

* apoyar la necesidad de = endorse + the need (for/to).

* apoyar + Posesivo + argumento = support + Posesivo + case, buttress + Posesivo + case.

* apoyarse en = lean on/upon, inform.

* apoyarse sobre = rest on/upon.

* apoyar una causa = forward + cause, support + cause.

* apoyar una idea = favour + idea.

* apoyar una opinión = support + contention.

* apoyar un argumento = support + contention.

* apoyar una tesis = give + weight to the claim that.

* persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.

* que apoya moralmente = supportive.

* * *

apoyar [A1 ]

vt

A (hacer descansar) to rest

apoya la escalera contra la pared lean o rest the ladder against the wall

con la cabeza apoyada en su hombro with her head resting on his shoulder

no se debe apoyar los codos sobre la mesa you mustn't put o rest your elbows on the table

hay que apoyar todo el peso del cuerpo sobre una pierna you have to put all your weight on one foot

B

1 (respaldar) ‹propuesta/persona› to back, support

¿me vas a apoyar si me quejo? are you going to back me (up) o support me if I complain?

no apoyamos la huelga we do not support the strike

nadie la apoyó en su iniciativa no one backed o supported her initiative

apoyar técnica y financieramente su desarrollo to give technical and financial support o backing for its development

2 ‹teoría› to support, bear out

no hay pruebas que apoyen esta hipótesis there is no evidence to bear out o support this hypothesis

■ apoyarse

v pron

A (para sostenerse, descansar) apoyarse EN algo to lean ON sth

caminaba lentamente apoyándose en un bastón she walked slowly, leaning on a walking stick o using a walking stick for support

se apoya demasiado en su familia he relies too much on his family (for support), he leans too heavily on his family

B (basarse, fundarse) apoyarse EN algo to be based ON sth

se apoyó en estas cifras para defender su teoría he used these figures to defend his theory

¿en qué se apoya para hacer semejante acusación? what are you basing your accusation on?, what is the basis of your accusation?

* * *

apoyar ( conjugate apoyar) verbo transitivo
1 ( hacer descansar) apoyar (algo en algo) to rest (sth on sth);
◊ apóyalo contra la pared lean it against the wall

2
a) ( respaldar) ‹propuesta/persona› to back, support

b) ‹ teoría› to support, bear out

apoyarse verbo pronominal
1 (para sostenerse, descansar) apoyarse en algo to lean on sth
2 (basarse, fundarse) apoyarse en algo to be based on sth
apoyar verbo transitivo
1 to lean
2 (causa) to support
' apoyar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
refrendar
- agarrar
- ir
- recostar
- respaldar
- sostener
English:
advocate
- back
- back up
- bolster
- buttress
- champion
- endorse
- lean
- prop
- prop up
- reinforce
- rest
- root for
- stand by
- support
- root
- sponsor
- stand

* * *

apoyar

♦ vt

1. [inclinar] to lean, to rest;

apoya la cabeza en mi hombro rest your head on my shoulder;

apoyó la bicicleta contra la pared she leant the bicycle against the wall;

apoyó los codos sobre la mesa he leant his elbows on the table

2. [respaldar] to support;

todos apoyaron su decisión everyone supported her decision;

lo apoyó mucho durante su depresión she gave him a lot of support when he was depressed;

los directivos los apoyaron en su protesta management supported their protest

3. [basar] to base;

apoya su teoría en datos concretos her theory is based on o supported by concrete statistics

♦ See also the pronominal verb apoyarse

* * *

apoyar

v/t

1 lean (en against), rest (en against)

2 ( respaldar, confirmar) support

* * *

apoyar vt

1) : to support, to back

2) : to lean, to rest

♦ See also the reflexive verb apoyarse

* * *

apoyar vb

1. (en general) to lean [pt. & pp. leant]

apoya la escalera contra la pared lean the ladder against the wall

2. (descansar) to rest

apoyó la cabeza en mi hombro she rested her head on my shoulder

3. (defender) to support

el partido apoya al candidato the party supports the candidate

Spanish-English dictionary > apoyar
10 alcanzar

v.

1 to catch up with (igualarse con).

¿a que no me alcanzas? bet you can't catch me!

Yo alcanzo a Ricardo I catch up with Richard.

2 to reach (llegar a).

alcanzar la meta to reach the finishing line

lo alcancé con una escalera I used a ladder to reach it

alcanzó la costa a nado he swam to the coast

este coche alcanza los 200 km/h this car can do up to o reach 200 km/h

el desempleo ha alcanzado un máximo histórico unemployment is at o has reached an all-time high

3 to achieve (lograr) (objetivo).

alcanzar la fama/el éxito to achieve fame/success

4 to hit.

le alcanzaron dos disparos he was hit by two shots

5 to reach up to, to reach, to reach at, to get at.

Yo alcanzo el techo I reach up to the ceiling.

6 to have enough.

Me alcanzó la gasolina I had enough gas.

7 to attain, to come to, to achieve, to get.

Alcanzo la felicidad I attain happiness.

8 to get to, to come up to, to come to.

Alcancé la frontera I got to the border.

9 to reach up for, to get.

Yo alcancé la caja sobre el armario I reached up for the box above the armoire.

10 to manage to, to be able to, to get to.

Mario alcanzó ver el ocaso Mario managed to see the sunset.

11 to be enough.

Alcanzó la comida There was enough food.

12 to fit.

Yo alcanzo I fit

13 to pass, to hand, to hand over.

María alcanzó la sal Mary passed the salt.

* * *

alcanzar

Conjugation model [ REALIZAR], like realizar

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to reach

■ no alcanzo el libro I can't reach the book

2 (persona) to catch up, catch up with

■ los alcanzamos en la esquina we'll catch up with them at the corner

3 (pasar) to pass, hand over

■ alcánzame el agua pass me some water

4 (entender) to understand, grasp

5 (conseguir) to attain, achieve

■ alcanzamos los objetivos we achieved the goals

6 (golpear) to hit

■ el tiro la alcanzó en el pie the shot hit her in the foot

7 (afectar) to affect

■ eso no nos alcanza it doesn't affect us

► verbo intransitivo

1 (ser suficiente) to be sufficient ( para, for), be enough ( para, for), suffice ( para, for)

■ eso no alcanza para todos that's not enough for all of us

2 (ser capaz) to manage, succeed

■ no alcanzo a verlo I can't see it

* * *

verb

1) to reach

2) catch up with

3) achieve, attain

4) suffice, be enough

* * *

1. VT

1) [en carrera]

a) [+ persona] (=llegar a la altura de) to catch up (with)

la alcancé cuando salía por la puerta — I caught up with her o I caught her up just as she was going out of the door

están a punto de alcanzar al grupo de cabeza — they are about to catch (up with) the leading group

dentro de poco alcanzará a su padre en altura — he'll soon be as tall as his father

b) [+ ladrón, autobús, tren] to catch

no nos alcanzarán nunca — they'll never catch us

2) (=llegar a) [+ cima, límite, edad] to reach

por fin alcanzaron la cima — they finally reached the summit

alcanzó las cajas con un palo — she reached the boxes with a stick

puede alcanzar una velocidad de 200km/h — it can reach speeds of up to 200km/h

alcanzó el rango de general — he reached the rank of general

la producción ha alcanzado las 20 toneladas — production has reached 20 tons

el libro ha alcanzado ya las seis ediciones — the book is already in its sixth edition

las montañas alcanzan los 5.000m — the mountains rise to 5,000m

el termómetro llegó a alcanzar los cuarenta grados — temperatures rose as high as forty degrees

• alcanzar la mayoría de edad — to come of age

• alcanzó la orilla a nado — he made it to the shore by swimming, he swam back to the shore

• no llegó a alcanzar la pubertad — he never made it as far as puberty

3) (=conseguir) [+ acuerdo] to reach; [+ éxito, objetivo] to achieve

el acuerdo fue alcanzado tras muchos meses de conversaciones — the agreement was reached after many months of talks

las expectativas no se corresponden con los resultados alcanzados — the expectations are out of proportion with the results that have been achieved

• alcanzar la fama — to find fame, become famous

alcanzar la paz — to achieve peace

4) (=afectar) to affect

el cambio nos alcanzará a todos — the change will affect us all

una ley que alcanza sobre todo a los jubilados — a law which mainly affects o hits pensioners

5) [bala] to hit

uno de los dos disparos alcanzó al presidente — the president was hit by one of the two shots

la lancha fue alcanzada por un obús — the launch was hit by a shell

6) esp LAm (=dar) to pass

alcánzame la sal, por favor — could you pass (me) the salt, please?

¿me alcanzas las tijeras? — could you pass me the scissors?

7) * (=entender) to grasp, understand

no alcanza más allá de lo que le han enseñado — he's only capable of understanding what he's been taught

2. VI

1) (=llegar) to reach (a, hasta as far as)

no alcanzo — I can't reach

no alcanzaba al timbre — she couldn't reach (as far as) the doorbell

• hasta donde alcanza la vista — as far as the eye can see

2)

• alcanzar a hacer algo — to manage to do sth

no alcancé a verlo — I didn't manage to see him

no alcanzo a ver cómo pudo suceder — I can't see how it can have happened

no alcanzo a comprender sus razones — I just can't understand her reasons

3) (=ser suficiente) to be enough

• con dos botellas alcanzará para todos — two bottles will be enough for everyone

el sueldo no me alcanza para nada — I can't make ends meet on my salary

¿te alcanza para el tren? — esp LAm have you got enough money for the train?

4) LAm (=ascender)

¿a cuánto alcanza todo? — how much does it all come to?

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < persona> ( llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch... up (BrE); (pillar, agarrar) to catch

lo alcancé en la curva — I caught up with him on the bend

a que no me alcanzas! — I bet you can't catch me! (colloq)

b) (en tarea, estatura) to catch up with

2) ( llegar a) < lugar> to reach, get to; <temperatura/nivel/edad> to reach

a pesar del tráfico alcancé el avión — despite the traffic I managed to catch the plane

casi no alcanzo el tren — I almost missed the train

lo alcancé con un palo — I used a pole to get at it o reach it

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura — these trees can reach o grow to a great height

alcanza una velocidad de... — it reaches a speed of...

alcanza enormes distancias — it covers vast distances

alcanzar la mayoría de edad — to come of age

3) (conseguir, obtener) <objetivo/éxito> to achieve; < acuerdo> to reach

se pretende alcanzar los 100 millones de pesos — they are hoping to reach a target of 100 million pesos

4) (acercar, pasar)

alcanzarle algo a alguien — to pass somebody something, to pass something to somebody

¿me alcanzas el libro? — could you pass me the book?

5)

a) bala/misil to hit

fue alcanzado por un misil — it was hit by a missile

b) ( afectar) to affect

la medida ha alcanzado a la clase trabajadora — the measure has affected the working classes
2.
alcanzar vi

1) ( llegar)

está muy alto, no alcanzo — it's too high, I can't reach it

hasta donde alcanzaba la vista — as far as the eye could see

alcanzar a + inf — to manage to + inf

no alcanzó a terminar — she didn't manage to finish

hasta donde alcanzo a ver — as far as I can see

2) ( ser suficiente) comida/provisones to be enough

el sueldo no le alcanza — he can't manage on his salary

me alcanzará hasta final de mes — it will see me through to the end of the month

con una limpiadita, alcanza — just a quick clean will do

* * *

= attain, gain, reach, run to, catch up with, reach for.

Ex. A fully comparative account of recommendations for filing orders is likely to prove confusing until the reader has attained some familiarity with the general problems, and the solutions offered by one code.

Ex. To many, therefore, this emphasis on information can provide a much-needed opportunity to gain the public library new influence and respect.

Ex. This is in part due to the different stages of development reached by different libraries.

Ex. Obviously a book on the chemistry of mercury which runs to 200 pages will give less detail than one which runs to 600 pages.

Ex. The information centre is now catching up with the belief of its 1984 architect that it would be an electronic library.

Ex. She said that a man came in with a ski mask on but that she was able to scare him away when she reached for a baseball bat.

----

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* alcanzar + Cantidad = run into + Cantidad.

* alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar dimensiones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar el culmen de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar el destino de Uno = reach + Posesivo + destination.

* alcanzar el estrellato = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar el límite de = reach + the limits of.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.

* alcanzar el máximo = reach + a head.

* alcanzar el momento cumbre = reach + summit.

* alcanzar el punto crítico = come to + a head.

* alcanzar el punto culminante = climax.

* alcanzar el punto de ebullición = reach + boiling point.

* alcanzar el punto más álgido = peak, come into + full bloom.

* alcanzar la cifra de = total.

* alcanzar la cumbre de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la cúspide de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la fama = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar la madurez = come to + maturity, bring to + maturity, achieve + maturity, reach + maturity.

* alcanzar la mayoría de edad = come of + age.

* alcanzar la plenitud = come to + full flower.

* alcanzar masa crítica = reach + critical mass, achieve + critical mass.

* alcanzar mayores cotas = rise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar niveles mínimos = reach + a low ebb.

* alcanzar popularidad = catch on.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + apogeo = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + punto álgido = reach + Posesivo + peak.

* alcanzar proporciones alarmantes = reach + alarming proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones catastróficas = reach + catastrophic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones de crisis = grow to + crisis proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones desmesuradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones exageradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar su auge = reach + Posesivo + height.

* alcanzar una conclusión = reach + conclusion, arrive at + conclusion.

* alcanzar una cota = hit + high.

* alcanzar una coyuntura crítica = reach + a critical juncture.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* alcanzar una decisión = arrive at + decision.

* alcanzar una meta = accomplish + goal, achieve + goal, meet + Posesivo + goal.

* alcanzar una solución = arrive at + a solution.

* alcanzar un compromiso = reach + agreement.

* alcanzar un objetivo = attain + goal.

* alcanzar un precio = fetch + Dinero.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.

* intentar alcanzar = reach for.

* no alcanzar a + Infinitivo (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + Gerundio.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < persona> ( llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch... up (BrE); (pillar, agarrar) to catch

lo alcancé en la curva — I caught up with him on the bend

a que no me alcanzas! — I bet you can't catch me! (colloq)

b) (en tarea, estatura) to catch up with

2) ( llegar a) < lugar> to reach, get to; <temperatura/nivel/edad> to reach

a pesar del tráfico alcancé el avión — despite the traffic I managed to catch the plane

casi no alcanzo el tren — I almost missed the train

lo alcancé con un palo — I used a pole to get at it o reach it

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura — these trees can reach o grow to a great height

alcanza una velocidad de... — it reaches a speed of...

alcanza enormes distancias — it covers vast distances

alcanzar la mayoría de edad — to come of age

3) (conseguir, obtener) <objetivo/éxito> to achieve; < acuerdo> to reach

se pretende alcanzar los 100 millones de pesos — they are hoping to reach a target of 100 million pesos

4) (acercar, pasar)

alcanzarle algo a alguien — to pass somebody something, to pass something to somebody

¿me alcanzas el libro? — could you pass me the book?

5)

a) bala/misil to hit

fue alcanzado por un misil — it was hit by a missile

b) ( afectar) to affect

la medida ha alcanzado a la clase trabajadora — the measure has affected the working classes
2.
alcanzar vi

1) ( llegar)

está muy alto, no alcanzo — it's too high, I can't reach it

hasta donde alcanzaba la vista — as far as the eye could see

alcanzar a + inf — to manage to + inf

no alcanzó a terminar — she didn't manage to finish

hasta donde alcanzo a ver — as far as I can see

2) ( ser suficiente) comida/provisones to be enough

el sueldo no le alcanza — he can't manage on his salary

me alcanzará hasta final de mes — it will see me through to the end of the month

con una limpiadita, alcanza — just a quick clean will do

* * *

= attain, gain, reach, run to, catch up with, reach for.

Ex: A fully comparative account of recommendations for filing orders is likely to prove confusing until the reader has attained some familiarity with the general problems, and the solutions offered by one code.

Ex: To many, therefore, this emphasis on information can provide a much-needed opportunity to gain the public library new influence and respect.

Ex: This is in part due to the different stages of development reached by different libraries.

Ex: Obviously a book on the chemistry of mercury which runs to 200 pages will give less detail than one which runs to 600 pages.

Ex: The information centre is now catching up with the belief of its 1984 architect that it would be an electronic library.

Ex: She said that a man came in with a ski mask on but that she was able to scare him away when she reached for a baseball bat.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* alcanzar + Cantidad = run into + Cantidad.

* alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar dimensiones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar el culmen de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar el destino de Uno = reach + Posesivo + destination.

* alcanzar el estrellato = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar el límite de = reach + the limits of.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.

* alcanzar el máximo = reach + a head.

* alcanzar el momento cumbre = reach + summit.

* alcanzar el punto crítico = come to + a head.

* alcanzar el punto culminante = climax.

* alcanzar el punto de ebullición = reach + boiling point.

* alcanzar el punto más álgido = peak, come into + full bloom.

* alcanzar la cifra de = total.

* alcanzar la cumbre de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la cúspide de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la fama = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar la madurez = come to + maturity, bring to + maturity, achieve + maturity, reach + maturity.

* alcanzar la mayoría de edad = come of + age.

* alcanzar la plenitud = come to + full flower.

* alcanzar masa crítica = reach + critical mass, achieve + critical mass.

* alcanzar mayores cotas = rise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar niveles mínimos = reach + a low ebb.

* alcanzar popularidad = catch on.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + apogeo = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + punto álgido = reach + Posesivo + peak.

* alcanzar proporciones alarmantes = reach + alarming proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones catastróficas = reach + catastrophic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones de crisis = grow to + crisis proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones desmesuradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones exageradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar su auge = reach + Posesivo + height.

* alcanzar una conclusión = reach + conclusion, arrive at + conclusion.

* alcanzar una cota = hit + high.

* alcanzar una coyuntura crítica = reach + a critical juncture.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* alcanzar una decisión = arrive at + decision.

* alcanzar una meta = accomplish + goal, achieve + goal, meet + Posesivo + goal.

* alcanzar una solución = arrive at + a solution.

* alcanzar un compromiso = reach + agreement.

* alcanzar un objetivo = attain + goal.

* alcanzar un precio = fetch + Dinero.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.

* intentar alcanzar = reach for.

* no alcanzar a + Infinitivo (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + Gerundio.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* * *

alcanzar [A4 ]

vt

A

1 ‹persona› (llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch … up ( BrE); (pillar, agarrar) to catch

a este paso no los vamos a alcanzar nunca at this rate we'll never catch up with them o catch them up

¡a que no me alcanzas! bet you can't catch me! ( colloq)

2 (en los estudios, en una tarea) to catch … up, to catch up with; (en estatura) to catch up with

empecé después que tú y ya te alcancé I started after you and I've caught up with you already

¡qué alto está! cualquier día alcanzará a su hermano look how tall he's getting! he'll be catching up with his brother soon!

B

1 ‹lugar› to reach, get to

los bomberos habían logrado alcanzar el segundo piso the firemen had managed to reach o get up to the second floor

a pesar del tráfico alcancé el avión/tren despite the traffic I managed to catch the plane/train

lo alcancé con un palo I used a pole to get at it o reach it

2 ‹temperatura› to reach; ‹edad/pubertad› to reach

el termómetro alcanzó los 40 grados the thermometer got up to o reached o registered 40 degrees

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura these trees can reach o grow to a great height

algunos lagos alcanzan los 300 metros de profundidad some lakes are as deep as 300 meters o reach depths of 300 meters

un libro donde la estupidez alcanza su máxima expresión a book in which stupidity reaches its peak o which is the ultimate in stupidity

el aire expulsado alcanza una velocidad de 120 km/h the air expelled reaches a speed of 120 kph

el proyectil alcanzaba distancias de casi 1.000 metros the projectile could reach distances of o had a range of almost 1,000 meters

alcanzar la mayoría de edad to come of age, to reach the age of majority

3 (conseguir, obtener) ‹objetivo/resultado› to achieve; ‹acuerdo› to reach; ‹fama/éxito› to achieve

alcanzó todas las metas que se propuso en la vida he achieved all the goals he set himself in life

los resultados alcanzados hasta ahora son excelentes the results achieved o attained up to now have been excellent

los acuerdos alcanzados en materia de desarme the agreements reached in the field of disarmament

se pretende alcanzar una recaudación de 100 millones de pesos they are hoping to take in ( AmE) o ( BrE) take as much as 100 million pesos

los candidatos no alcanzaban el nivel requerido the candidates did not reach o meet the required standard

C (acercar, pasar) alcanzarle algo A algn to pass sb sth, to pass sth TO sb

¿me alcanzas ese libro? could you pass me that book?

D

1 «bala/misil» to hit

el número de barcos alcanzados por misiles the number of ships hit by missiles

2

(afectar): la medida ha alcanzado a la clase trabajadora the measure has affected the working classes

■ alcanzar

vi

A

(llegar): está muy alto, no alcanzo it's too high, I can't reach it

hasta donde alcanzaba la vista as far as the eye could see

alcanzar A + INF to manage to + INF

no alcanzó a terminar she didn't manage to finish

hasta donde alcanzo a ver, la situación no tiene arreglo as far as I can see there's no solution

algo que la mente humana no alcanza a entender something which the human mind cannot comprehend

B

(ser suficiente): el pollo no alcanzará para todos there won't be enough chicken for everyone o to go round

el sueldo no le alcanza he can't manage o get by on his salary

me alcanzará hasta final de mes it will see me through to the end of the month

no me alcanza el papel para envolver el regalo I haven't got enough paper to wrap the present in

con que le des una limpiadita, alcanza if you give it a quick clean, that will do o that will be good enough

* * *

alcanzar ( conjugate alcanzar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹ persona› ( llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch … up (BrE);

(pillar, agarrar) to catch;
◊ lo alcancé en la curva I caught up with him on the bend;

¡a que no me alcanzas! I bet you can't catch me! (colloq)
b) (en tarea, estatura) to catch up with

2 ( llegar a) ‹ lugar› to reach, get to;
‹temperatura/nivel/edad› to reach;
◊ casi no alcanzo el tren I almost missed the train;

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura these trees can reach o grow to a great height;
alcanzar la mayoría de edad to come of age
3 (conseguir, obtener) ‹objetivo/éxito› to achieve;
‹ acuerdo› to reach
4 (acercar, pasar) alcanzarle algo a algn to pass sb sth, to pass sth to sb
verbo intransitivo
1 ( llegar con la mano) to reach;
◊ hasta donde alcanzaba la vista as far as the eye could see;

alcanzar a hacer algo to manage to do sth
2 ( ser suficiente) [comida/provisones] to be enough;
◊ el sueldo no le alcanza he can't manage on his salary

alcanzar
I verbo transitivo
1 to reach
2 (coger a una persona) to catch up with
3 (llegar hasta una cantidad) to be up to: su biblioteca alcanza los tres mil ejemplares, his library is up to three thousand volumes
4 (acercar algo) to pass: alcánzame una silla, pass me a chair
5 (lograr) to attain, achieve
II vi (ser suficiente) to be sufficient: ese dinero no alcanza para un piso, this money isn't enough to buy a flat
' alcanzar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
atinar
- cobrar
- conseguir
- llegar
- situarse
- alargar
- caza
- cumplir
- dar
English:
achieve
- arm-twisting
- attain
- authoritarian
- blossom
- catch up
- come up to
- get at
- last
- means
- reach
- rise
- short
- strike
- catch
- come
- command
- do
- eke out
- elusive
- fulfill
- glimpse
- hit
- level
- manageable
- see
- stretch
- strive

* * *

alcanzar

♦ vt

1. [igualarse con] to catch up with;

si estudias duro, alcanzarás a tu hermana if you study hard you'll catch up with your sister;

¿a que no me alcanzas? bet you can't catch me!;

vayan ustedes delante que ya los alcanzaré you go on ahead, I'll catch you up

2. [llegar a] to reach;
[autobús, tren] to manage to catch;
alcanzar el autobús to catch the bus;

lo alcancé con una escalera I used a ladder to reach it;

los termómetros alcanzarán mañana los 30 grados the temperature tomorrow will reach o go as high as 30 degrees;

alcanzar la mayoría de edad to come of age;

alcanzar la meta to reach the finishing line;

alcanzar un precio alto [en subasta] to sell for o obtain a high price;

alcanzó la costa a nado he swam to the coast;

su sueldo no alcanza el salario mínimo she earns less than the minimum wage;

este coche alcanza los 200 km/h this car can do up to o reach 200 km/h;

el desempleo ha alcanzado un máximo histórico unemployment is at o has reached an all-time high

3. [lograr] to obtain;

alcanzar un objetivo to achieve a goal;

alcanzó su sueño tras años de trabajo after years of work, he achieved his dream;

el equipo alcanzó su segundo campeonato consecutivo the team won o achieved their second championship in a row;

alcanzar la fama/el éxito to achieve fame/success;

alcanzar la madurez to come of age, to reach maturity

4. [entregar] to pass;

alcánzame la sal could you pass me the salt?;

alcánzame ese jarrón, que no llego hasta el estante could you get that vase down for me, I can't reach the shelf

5. [golpear, dar] to hit;

el proyectil alcanzó de lleno el centro de la ciudad the shell exploded right in the centre of the city;

le alcanzaron dos disparos he was hit by two shots;

el árbol fue alcanzado por un rayo the tree was struck by lightning

6. [afectar] to affect;

la epidemia no les alcanzó they were unaffected by the epidemic;

la sequía no alcanza a esta provincia this province has been untouched by the drought

♦ vi

1. [ser suficiente]
alcanzar para algo/alguien to be enough for sth/sb;

el sueldo no me alcanza para llegar a fin de mes my salary isn't enough to make ends meet;

no sé si alcanzará para todos I don't know if there'll be enough for everyone

2. [poder]
alcanzar a hacer algo to manage to do sth;

alcancé a verlo unos segundos I managed to see him for a few seconds;

no alcanzo a comprender por qué I can't begin to understand why;

no alcanzo a ver lo que quieres decir I can't quite see what you mean

3. [llegar]
está tan alto que no alcanzo it's too high for me to reach, it's so high up I can't reach it;

hasta donde alcanza la vista as far as the eye can see;

hasta donde alcanzo a recordar as far back as I can remember

* * *

alcanzar

I v/t a alguien catch up with; lugar reach, get to; en nivel reach; objetivo achieve; cantidad amount to;

alcanzar la cifra de amount to, stand at

II v/i

1 en altura reach

2 en cantidad be enough;

el dinero no alcanza I/we etc can’t afford it

3

:

alcanzar a oír/ver manage to hear/see

* * *

alcanzar {21} vt

1) : to reach

2) : to catch up with

3) lograr: to achieve, to attain

alcanzar vi

1) dar: to suffice, to be enough

2)

alcanzar a : to manage to

* * *

alcanzar vb

1. (en general) to reach

ya alcanza a la estantería she can reach the shelf now

2. (conseguir) to achieve

alcanzó su meta he achieved his goal

3. (pillar) to catch up [pt. & pp. caught]

lo alcancé al final de la calle I caught him up at the end of the street

4. (bastar) to be enough

el pan no alcanza para todos there's not enough bread for everyone

Spanish-English dictionary > alcanzar
11 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
12 бить(ся)

гл.

1. to beat; 2. to strike; 3. to hit; 4. to tap; 5. to pat; 6. to rap; 7. to punch; 8. to thump; 9. to slap; 10. to knock; 11. to knock smb about/ around; 12. to club; 13. to kick; 14. to lash; 15. to pound; 16. to smack

Русский глагол бить указывает на многократный характер действия, но не конкретизирует как, чем и по отношению к кому или чему было произведено это действие. Английские соответствия различают многократность и однократность действия и поэтому они эквивалентны не только глаголу бить, но и глаголам ударять/ударить и стучать/стукнуть. Кроме этого английские глаголы указывают и на то, как и чем наносятся удары.

1. to beat — бить, биться, колотить, ударять, избить (подчеркивается многократность действия; разный характер ударов в русском языке может передаваться разными приставками, как, например, побить, избить и распространенными словосочетаниями; в английском языке в таких случаях используются послелоги или другие глаголы): to beat a carpet — выколачивать ковер; to beat a rug — вытряхивать половик; to beat the dust out of the rug — выбивать пыль из ковра; to beat a drum — бить в барабан; to beat time — отбивать такт; to beat eggs — взбивать яйца; to beat meat — отбивать мясо; to beat smb (up) — бить кого-либо/избивать кого-либо; to beat smb cruelly (to death) — жестоко (до смерти) избить кого-либо; to beat smb with a stick — избивать кого-либо палкой/бить кого-либо папкой; to beat smb for stealing (for lying) — побить кого-либо за воровство (за вранье); one's heart beats — сердце бьется. The rain beat the grass flat. — Дождь прибил траву. You ought to be well beaten. — Тебя надо как следует выпороть. The bird beats its wings against the cage. — Птица бьется крыльями в клетке. Не was badly beaten. — Его здорово избили./Ero сильно избили. We heard the waves beating against the shore. — Мы слышали, как волны, бились о берег. The rain beats against the roof. — Дождь бьет по крыше./Дождь стучит по крыше.

2. to strike — ударять, ударить, стукнуть, нанести удар (упот- ребляется в официа.1ьной речи, описывает удар по какой-либо части тела): The evidence showed that the victim had been struck over the head with an iron bar. — Свидетельские показания указывают на то, что пострадавшему/жертве был нанесен удар по голове железным прутом. The clock was striking midnight. — Часы били полночь. Jane was on the point of striking the child again when her husband stopped her. — Джейн собиралась еще раз ударить ребенка, но муж остановил ее. The court heard that the defendant had struck Ted repeatedly in the face, causing serious bruising. — Суд заслушал свидетельские показания о том, что ответчик нанес Тэду многократные удары в лицо, избив его до синяков. Sergeant Morris struck the drum and the band started to march down the street. — Сержант Моррис ударил в барабан, и оркестр стал маршировать по улице. The lightning struck the tree. — Молния ударила в дерево./Молния попала в дерево.

3. to hit — ударить, ударять, стукнуть (употребляется в обыденных ситуациях, чаще, чем to strike и обычно подразумевает одушевленное существительное в качестве подлежащего): to hit smb with smth — ударить кого-либо чем-либо (тем, что держат в руке) Peter keeps hitting me. — Петр постоянно меня бьет./Петр все время дает мне подзатыльники. She swung around and hit him with her umbrella. — Она круто развернулась и ударила его зонтиком. After she told him off to stop complaining he hit her over the head with a book. — После того, как она приказала ему перестать жаловаться, он ударил ее по голове книгой. Hitting him hard in the stomach she dashed for the phone and called the police. — Сильно ударив его в живот, она бросилась к телефону и вызвала полицию. Don't fight with your brother, he will only hit you back as he is older than you are. — He дерись с братом, он старше тебя и даст тебе сдачи./Не дерись с братом, он старше тебя и нанесет тебе ответный удар.

4. to tap — ударять, ударить, стукнуть (легкий, негромкий стук или удар пальцами или ногой, постукивание): She tapped her foot in time to the music. — Она постукивала ногой в такт музыке. Не tapped his fingers on the arm of the chair. — Он легко постукивал пальцами по подлокотнику кресла. Не tapped her on the shoulder to attract her attention. — Он похлопал ее по плечу, чтобы привлечь внимание.

5. to pat — похлопать, потрепать (так же как и глагол to tap, описывает легкий, негромкий стук или удар, легкое постукивание, как знак одобрения или ласки): She patted the child on the shoulder encouragingly. — Она ободряюще похлопала ребенка по плечу. Не patted the dog affectionately as he spoke. — Говоря, он ласково трепал свою собаку. You can pat yourself on the shoulder/arm for the well done job. — Вы можете похвалить себя за хорошо выполненную работу.

6. to rap — ударить, стукнуть (в отличие от глаголов to tap и to pat — нанести резкий, отрывистый удар при неодобрении, раздражении или критике): She rapped the table with her hand and called for silence. — Она ударила рукой по столу, призывая к тишине. She rapped loudly on the door. — Она громко стукнула в дверь.

7. to punch — нанести сильный удар кулаком ( в гневе или борьбе): I punched him on the jaw. — Я дал ему в челюсть. Не punched him on the nose. — Он дал ему по носу./Он заехал ему по носу. The woman claimed that she had been punched and kicked by one of the policeman. — Женщина заявила, что один из полицейских ударил ее кулаком и пнул ногой. Employees are protected by screens to stop the angry clients from punching them in the face. — Служащих от посетителей отделяет защитный экран, чтобы разъяренные клиенты не набросились на них с кулаками.

8. to thump — сильно бить, биться, колотить, колотиться ( обо чтолибо), стукнуть, сильно ударить ( но не по голове или лицу), надавать тумаков: The chairman thumped the table for silence. — Председатель стукнул по столу, призывая к тишине. His heart (head) was thumping. — У него колотилось сердце (стучало в висках). Не was thumping on the door. — Он колотил в дверь. The teacher told Peter off for thumping the kids sitting next to him. — Учитель отчитывал Петра за то, что тот бил ребят, сидящих рядом. Steve choked and I thumped him on the back several times until he began to breathe. — Стив подавился, и я стукнул его несколько раз по спине, пока он не начал дышать. Не thumped him in the stomach and ran off. — Он ударил его в живот и убежал./Он стукнул его по животу и убежал. I tried to stop the fighting boys but only got thumped on my chest. — Я пыталась разнять дерущихся мальчишек, но только получила удар в грудь.

9. to slap — дать пощечину, ударить по лицу, ударить наотмашь: She was so angry with her husband she was really tempted to slap him. — Она так рассердилась на мужа, что готова была ударить его по лицу/ Она так рассердилась на мужа, что готова была дать ему пощечину. She slapped him across the face and stormed out of the room. — Она отвесила ему звонкую пощечину и, разъяренная, вылетела из комнаты. I slapped his face a few times to see if he regained his consciousness. — Я несколько раз похлопала его по щеке, чтобы привести его в сознание.

10. to knock — бить, стукать, стукнуть: They knocked him on the head. — Его ударили по голове./Его стукнули по голове. 1 knocked my head against/on a beam. — Я стукнулся головой о балку./ Я ударился головой о балку. Someone is knocking at the door. — Кто-то стучит в дверь. They knocked the bottom of the barrel out. — Они выбили дно бочки. She knocked the ball out of my hand. — Она выбила мяч у меня из рук. I knocked the cup flying off the table. — Я смахнул чашку со стола. 1). to knock smb about/around — ударить кого-либо несколько раз (особенно для того, чтобы напугать), толкать друг друга, тузить друг друга: The boys are knocking each other about in the yard. — Мальчики дерутся во дворе, толкая друг друга./Мальчики дерутся во дворе, мутузя друг друга. The car was badly knocked about. — Машина была сильно помята. Their father used to knock their mother about when he was drunk. — Когда отец бывал пьян, он бил их мать./Отец избивал их мать, когда бывал пьян.

12. to club — стукнуть, ударить ( по голове) ( чем-либо тяжелым или палкой): The attacker clubbed the gas station attendant and escaped with the money. — Нападающий стукнул работника бензоколонки чем-то тяжелым по голове и убежал, забрав все деньги. They clubbed the boy to death. — Они забили мальчика до смерти.

13. to kick — ударить, ударять, наподдать ногой, толкнуть ногой, пнуть, пинать, дрыгать ногами, отбиваться ногами: She kicked me under the table. — Она толкнула меня под столом ногой. The police kicked the door down. — Полицейские выбили ногами дверь. Billy was kicking a ball around the yard. — Билли гонял мяч по двору. Не got kicked in the face playing rugby. — Во время игры в регби ему попали ногой в лицо. The cow may kick a bit when you milk it. — Корова может лягнуть во время дойки. They danced and sang and kicked their legs high in the air. — Они пели и плясали, высоко вскидывая ноги. The baby kicked its legs and its mother could hardly dress it. — Ребенок болтал ногами, и мать с трудом его одевала./Ребенок дрыгал ногами, и мать с трудом его одевала.

14. to lash — бить наотмашь, хлестать, стегать ( кнутом): The rain lashed her face. — Дождь хлестал ей в лицо. The waves lashed the shore. — Волны яростно бились о берег. The gale lashed violently against the window. — Шторм с силой ударял в окно./Шторм яростно бился в оконные рамы. The driver lashed the horse until it pulled the carriage out onto a drier place of the road. — Возница стегал лошадь до тех пор, пока она не вытащила воз на сухое место на дороге. The cows were lashing their tails to keep the gadflies away. — Коровы махали хвостами, отгоняя оводов.

15. to pound — бить, биться, колотить, колотиться ( ударяясь о какую-либо поверхность), разбивать, толочь: The heavy sea pounded against the pier. — Штормовые волны бились о причал. Tomas pounded the door with his fists. — Томас колотил в дверь кулаками. Не pounded up the stairs in front of her. — Он, топоча, поднимался по лестнице впереди нее. She rushed home, her heart pounding with excitement. — Она ринулась домой, сердце ее колотилось в груди от возбуждения./Она ринулась домой, сердце ее билось в груди от волнения. Pound the almonds and mix with bread crumbs. — Растолките миндаль и смешайте его с хлебной крошкой.

16. to smack — шлепать, нашлепать, чавкать, чмокать ( губами) (обозначает легкий удар по какой-либо поверхности, сопровождаемый звуком): То bed now, or I'll smack your bottom! — Немедленно в постель, а то я тебя отшлепаю! Не smacked his fist against his palm. — Он (с досадой, в восторге) ударил кулаком по ладони. Не smelled the air and smacked his lips with expectation. — Он втянул носом воздух и почмокал губами в предвкушении еды. A piece of plaster smacked against the floor. — Кусок штукатурки шмякнулся на пол.

Русско-английский объяснительный словарь > бить(ся)
13 hacer frente

v.

to cope, to face it.

* * *

(v.) = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage

Ex. The faithful adherents of the ideology of the finding catalog were determined to combat the unwelcome intrusion of Panizzi's scheme before the Royal Commission.

Ex. Much of the conventional wisdom of librarianship is going to have to undergo what is so aptly described as an 'agonizing reappraisal' before we can come to terms with the new information age.

Ex. The huge upsurge in publishing activity outran the rudimentary abilities of libraries and contemporary bibliographers to contain it.

Ex. The inclusion of vendors and publishers allows everyone to address sticky business relationships head-on.

Ex. While we lament the changed environment in which we live, we must not permit inertia and rigidity to prohibit us from meeting head on the demands it makes on us.

Ex. The author emphasizes the importance for libraries of tackling copyright issues head on.

Ex. Both stress the need to face the issues head on, but prudently, by documenting the extent of the problem before meeting with the library director.

Ex. Australian destroyers engaged the Japanese shore guns and the mine sweepers carried out their task successfully, but not without loss.

* * *

(v.) = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage

Ex: The faithful adherents of the ideology of the finding catalog were determined to combat the unwelcome intrusion of Panizzi's scheme before the Royal Commission.

Ex: Much of the conventional wisdom of librarianship is going to have to undergo what is so aptly described as an 'agonizing reappraisal' before we can come to terms with the new information age.

Ex: The huge upsurge in publishing activity outran the rudimentary abilities of libraries and contemporary bibliographers to contain it.

Ex: The inclusion of vendors and publishers allows everyone to address sticky business relationships head-on.

Ex: While we lament the changed environment in which we live, we must not permit inertia and rigidity to prohibit us from meeting head on the demands it makes on us.

Ex: The author emphasizes the importance for libraries of tackling copyright issues head on.

Ex: Both stress the need to face the issues head on, but prudently, by documenting the extent of the problem before meeting with the library director.

Ex: Australian destroyers engaged the Japanese shore guns and the mine sweepers carried out their task successfully, but not without loss.

Spanish-English dictionary > hacer frente
14 Auf

I Präp.

1. (+ Dat) räumlich, als Ortsangabe: on, in; auf dem Tisch on the table; auf der Welt in the world; nirgends auf der Welt nowhere in the (whole wide) world; auf der Straße in (Am. auch on) the street; (Fahrbahn) on the road; auf dem Feld in the field; auf See at sea; auf Malta in Malta; auf der Insel on the island; auf dem Rücken liegen etc. on one’s back; auf seiner Seite at ( oder by) his side; liegen etc.: on his side; auf Seite 15 on page 15; er ist auf seinem Zimmer he is in his room; (etw.) auf der Geige etc. spielen play (s.th. on) the violin etc.; auf einem Auge blind blind in one eye; auf einem Ohr taub deaf in one ear; das Wort endet auf t the word ends with ( oder in) a t; auf der Stelle fig. on the spot

2. (+ Akk) räumlich, als Richtungsangabe: on(to); to; towards; up; auf den Tisch legen etc. on the table; auf die Erde fallen fall (on)to the ground; auf die Post etc. gehen go to the post office etc.; auf sein Zimmer gehen go to one’s room; auf die Straße gehen go (out) into the street; auf einen Berg klettern climb up a mountain; ein Fenster auf die Straße a window (giving on, Am. looking on)to the street; sie ging auf ihn zu she walked toward(s) him

3. (+ Dat) Aufenthalt: at, by; (während) during, on; auf der Ausstellung ( Post) at the exhibition (post office); auf einer Party (Schule, Universität) at a party (school, university); auf dem Markt at the market; auf Reisen ( sein) (be) travel(l)ing, on a trip; auf einem Spaziergang entdeckte sie... she discovered... during ( oder on) a walk; auf Besuch sein be visiting

4. (+ Akk) Aufenthalt (beginnen): auf eine höhere Schule kommen / gehen move / go up to a secondary (Am. auch high) school; sie geht aufs Gymnasium etwa she goes to grammar (Am. auch grade, high) school; auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing; auf die Jagd gehen go hunting, auf das Land ziehen move to the country

5. (+ Akk) Zeitraum: (für) for; auf Jahre hinaus for years to come; auf Monate ( hinaus) ausgebucht booked ( oder sold) out (for) months ahead ( oder in advance); auf ( immer und) ewig for ever (and ever); auf Zeit for a period ( oder time); auf unbestimmte Zeit ( verreisen) (go away on a trip) for an indefinite period of time; auf vier Jahre gewählt elected for four years; ich bleibe noch auf eine Tasse Tee I’ll stay for a cup of tea

6. (+ Akk) Reihenfolge: Monat auf Monat verging months went by; er macht Fehler auf Fehler he makes one mistake after the other; in der Nacht vom 1. auf den 2. Mai in the night from the 1st to the 2nd of May (Am. auch from May 1 to 2); sie hat es von einem Tag auf den anderen vergessen she forgot (about) it from one day to the next

7. (+ Akk) Zeitpunkt: es geht auf neun ( Uhr) it’s getting on for (Am. getting close to) nine; er geht auf die Siebzig zu he’s getting on for (Am. getting close to, umg. pushing) seventy; den Wecker auf 7 ( Uhr) stellen set the alarm for 7 (o’clock); bis auf den heutigen Tag until today ( oder the present day); auf morgen! see you tomorrow!; auf bald! see you soon!

8. (+ Akk) Entfernung: auf eine Entfernung von... at a distance of...; ( noch) auf 100 Meter zu erkennen / verstehen sein be recognizable / comprehensible from ( oder at a distance of) 100 met|res (Am. -ers); sie kam ( bis) auf zwei Schritte heran she came up (to) within a yard

9. (+ Dat/Akk) Art und Weise: auf (in) direktem Wege (in)directly; auf dem Seeweg by sea; auf Englisch in English; auf diese Weise in this way; auf meine Kosten on me; jemanden auf das oder aufs Äußerste oder äußerste reizen push s.o. to the limit; er hat sie auf das oder aufs Übelste oder übelste betrogen he deceived her in the most despicable way

10. (+ Akk) Folge: auf seinen Antrag ( hin) following his application; auf ihren Rat ( hin) following her advice; auf vielfachen Wunsch upon repeated request; den Ausweis auf Verlangen vorzeigen show identification upon request ( oder when requested); auch auf die Gefahr ( hin), dass... even if it means risking that...

11. (+ Akk) (hinsichtlich) auf Mängel ( hin) überprüfen / untersuchen inspect / examine for faults

12. (+ Akk) Ziel, Zweck: auf Zeit spielen play for time; auf jemanden anstoßen / trinken drink to s.o.(‘s health); auf dein Wohl! (here’s) to you ( oder your health)!; auf ein gutes Gelingen! (here’s) to our, your etc. success ( oder a successful outcome)!; auf jemanden / etw. aus sein be out for ( oder to get) s.o. / s.th.

13. (+ Akk) (im Verhältnis zu) to, per, for; drei Eier auf ein Pfund Mehl three eggs to one ( oder for every) pound of flour; durchschnittlich ein Fehler auf zehn Zeilen on average one mistake (in) every ten lines

14. er kam um 6, auf die Minute genau he came at 6 o’clock on the dot; das stimmt auf den Pfennig / Zentimeter ( genau) that’s right down to the last penny / centimet|re (Am. -er)

15. es hat was auf sich there’s something to it; es hat nichts auf sich, dass... the fact that... doesn’t mean anything; das Gerücht hat nichts auf sich there’s nothing in ( oder to) the rumo(u)r; ich frage mich, was es mit... auf sich hat I wonder what’s behind...

16.

a) (+ Akk): eifersüchtig auf jealous of; sich freuen auf look forward to; hoffen auf hope for; mit Rücksicht auf... in consideration of..., taking... into consideration; stolz sein auf be proud of; es besteht Verdacht auf Schädelbruch etc. there is a suspected skull fracture; im Vertrauen auf seine Pünktlichkeit etc. counting on ( oder trusting [to]) his punctuality; das Bier geht auf mich fig. the beer’s on me ( oder my treat); in Pub: I’ll get this umg.;

b) (+ Dat): beharren auf insist on; beruhen auf be based on; auf dem Fuße folgen follow at s.o.’s heels; etc.; Anhieb, bis, einmal und die mit „auf“ verbundenen Adjektive, Verben und Substantive

II Adv.

1. umg. (offen) open; Mund auf! open wide!; Tür auf! open the door!; ist die Bank schon auf? is the bank open yet ( oder already open)?; komm rein, die Tür ist auf come (on) in, the door’s open ( oder not locked)

2. umg.: auf sein (nicht im Bett sein) be up; auf! (get) up!

3. umg.: Helm auf! helmets on!

4. (los) auf (geht’s)! antreibend: up!, get up!, let’s get going!; anfeuernd: come on!; auffordernd: let’s go!; Glück auf! (Bergmannsgruß) good luck!

5. auf und ab oder nieder up and down, back and forth; im Zimmer etc. auf und ab gehen walk ( oder pace) up and down ( oder to and fro, Am. back and forth); mit ihrer Beziehung geht es auf und ab she’s having ups and downs in her relationship

6. sich auf und davon machen clear off; bugger off umg.; und schon war sie auf und davon and she’d already taken off ( oder disappeared)

III Konj.: auf dass (in order) that; auf dass nicht that not, for fear that, to avoid that; lest geh.

* * *

onto (Präp.); unto (Präp.); on (Präp.); upon (Präp.); at (Präp.); to (Präp.); at the top of (Präp.);

(offen) open (Adj.)

* * *
[auf]
nt inv

das Áúf und Ab or Nieder — the up and down; (fig) the ups and downs

das Áúf und Ab des Kolbens — the up(ward) and down(ward) movement of the piston

* * *

1) at

2) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) on

3) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) on

4) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) on

5) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) on

6) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) on

7) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) on

8) (on: He sat upon the floor; Please place it upon the table; Upon arrival, they went in search of a hotel.) upon

9) to

10) (erect: Sit/Stand up; He got up from his chair.) up

11) (out of bed: What time do you get up?; I'll be up all night finishing this work.) up

12) (into the presence, or consideration, of a person, group of people etc: He brought up the subject during the conversation.) up

13) (to or at a higher level on: He climbed up the tree.) up

* * *

Auf

[auf]

nt

▶ das/ein \Auf und Ab up and down, to and fro; (ständiger Wechsel zwischen gut und schlecht) up and down

in jedem Leben ist es doch immer ein \Auf und Ab every life has its ups and downs

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) on

auf See — at sea

auf dem Baum — in the tree

auf der Erde — on earth

auf der Welt — in the world

auf der Straße — in the street

auf dem Platz — in the square

auf meinem Konto — in my account

auf beiden Augen blind — blind in both eyes

das Thermometer steht auf 15° — the thermometer stands at or reads 15°

2) (in) at < post office, town hall, police station>

auf seinem Zimmer — (ugs.) in his room

auf der Schule/Uni — at school/university

3) (bei) at < party, wedding>; on <course, trip, walk, holiday, tour>

4)

was hat es damit auf sich? — what's it all about?
2.
Präposition mit Akk

1) on; on to

sich auf einen Stuhl setzen — sit down on a chair

sich auf das Bett legen — lie down on the bed

er nahm den Rucksack auf den Rücken — he lifted the rucksack up on to his back

auf einen Berg steigen — climb up a mountain

sich (Dat.) einen Hut auf den Kopf setzen — put a hat on [one's head]

auf den Mond fliegen — fly to the moon

jemandem auf den Fuß treten — step on somebody's foot

auf die Straße gehen — go [out] into the street

jemanden auf den Rücken legen — lay somebody on his/her back

jemanden auf den Rücken drehen — turn somebody on to his/her back

etwas auf ein Konto überweisen — transfer something to an account

das Thermometer ist auf 0° gefallen — the thermometer has fallen to 0°

auf ihn! — (ugs.) get him!

2) (zu) to

auf die Schule/Uni gehen — go to school/university

auf einen Lehrgang gehen — go on a course

3) (bei Entfernungen)

auf 10 km [Entfernung] — for [a distance of] 10 km

wir näherten uns der Hütte [bis] auf 30 m — we approached to within 30 m of the hut

4) (zeitlich) for

auf Jahre [hinaus] — for years [to come]

etwas auf nächsten Mittwoch festlegen/verschieben — arrange something for/postpone something until next Wednesday

die Nacht von Sonntag auf Montag — Sunday night

das fällt auf einen Montag — it falls on a Monday

wir verschieben es auf den 3. Mai — we'll postpone it to 3 May

5) (zur Angabe der Art und Weise)

auf diese Art und Weise — in this way

auf die Tour erreichst du bei mir nichts — (ugs.) you won't get anywhere with me like that

auf deutsch — in German

auf das sorgfältigste/herzlichste — (geh.) most carefully/warmly

auf a enden — end in a

6) (auf Grund)

auf Wunsch — on request

auf vielfachen Wunsch [hin] — in response to numerous requests

auf meine Bitte — at my request

auf seine Initiative — on his initiative

auf Befehl — on command

auf meinen Vorschlag [hin] — at my suggestion

7) (sonstige Verwendungen)

ein Teelöffel auf einen Liter Wasser — one teaspoon to one litre of water

das Bier geht auf mich — (ugs.) the beer's on 'me (coll.)

auf wen geht die Cola? — who's paying for the Coke?

Welle auf Welle brandete ans Ufer — wave upon wave broke on the shore

jemanden auf Tb untersuchen — examine somebody for TB

jemanden auf seine Eignung prüfen — test somebody's suitability

auf die Sekunde [genau] — [precise] to the second

auf ein gutes Gelingen — to our/your success

auf deine Gesundheit — your health

auf bald/morgen! — (bes. südd.) see you soon/tomorrow

auf 10 zählen — (bes. südd.) count [up] to 10; s. auch einmal 1. 1); machen 3. 6)
3.
Adverb

1) (Aufforderung, sich zu erheben)

auf! — up you get!; (zu einem Hund) up!

2)

sie waren längst auf und davon — they had made off long before

3) (bes. südd.): (Aufforderung, zu handeln)

auf! — come on

4) (Aufforderung, sich aufzumachen)

auf ins Schwimmbad! — come on, off to the swimming pool!

5)

auf und ab — up and down; (hin und her) up and down; to and fro

6) (Aufforderung, sich etwas aufzusetzen)

Helm/Hut/Brille auf! — helmet/hat/glasses on!

7) (ugs.): (offen) open

Fenster/Türen/Mund auf! — open the window/doors/your mouth!

8) (nicht im Bett) up
4.
auf dass — Konjunktion (veralt.) so that

* * *

Auf n:

das Auf und Ab des Lebens the ups and downs of life;

das Auf und Ab der Preise the ups and downs of prices;

das Auf und Ab oder

Nieder der Schaukel the up-and-down movement of the swing

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) on

auf See — at sea

auf dem Baum — in the tree

auf der Erde — on earth

auf der Welt — in the world

auf der Straße — in the street

auf dem Platz — in the square

auf meinem Konto — in my account

auf beiden Augen blind — blind in both eyes

das Thermometer steht auf 15° — the thermometer stands at or reads 15°

2) (in) at <post office, town hall, police station>

auf seinem Zimmer — (ugs.) in his room

auf der Schule/Uni — at school/university

3) (bei) at <party, wedding>; on <course, trip, walk, holiday, tour>

4)

was hat es damit auf sich? — what's it all about?
2.
Präposition mit Akk

1) on; on to

sich auf einen Stuhl setzen — sit down on a chair

sich auf das Bett legen — lie down on the bed

er nahm den Rucksack auf den Rücken — he lifted the rucksack up on to his back

auf einen Berg steigen — climb up a mountain

sich (Dat.) einen Hut auf den Kopf setzen — put a hat on [one's head]

auf den Mond fliegen — fly to the moon

jemandem auf den Fuß treten — step on somebody's foot

auf die Straße gehen — go [out] into the street

jemanden auf den Rücken legen — lay somebody on his/her back

jemanden auf den Rücken drehen — turn somebody on to his/her back

etwas auf ein Konto überweisen — transfer something to an account

das Thermometer ist auf 0° gefallen — the thermometer has fallen to 0°

auf ihn! — (ugs.) get him!

2) (zu) to

auf die Schule/Uni gehen — go to school/university

auf einen Lehrgang gehen — go on a course

3) (bei Entfernungen)

auf 10 km [Entfernung] — for [a distance of] 10 km

wir näherten uns der Hütte [bis] auf 30 m — we approached to within 30 m of the hut

4) (zeitlich) for

auf Jahre [hinaus] — for years [to come]

etwas auf nächsten Mittwoch festlegen/verschieben — arrange something for/postpone something until next Wednesday

die Nacht von Sonntag auf Montag — Sunday night

das fällt auf einen Montag — it falls on a Monday

wir verschieben es auf den 3. Mai — we'll postpone it to 3 May

5) (zur Angabe der Art und Weise)

auf diese Art und Weise — in this way

auf die Tour erreichst du bei mir nichts — (ugs.) you won't get anywhere with me like that

auf deutsch — in German

auf das sorgfältigste/herzlichste — (geh.) most carefully/warmly

auf a enden — end in a

6) (auf Grund)

auf Wunsch — on request

auf vielfachen Wunsch [hin] — in response to numerous requests

auf meine Bitte — at my request

auf seine Initiative — on his initiative

auf Befehl — on command

auf meinen Vorschlag [hin] — at my suggestion

7) (sonstige Verwendungen)

ein Teelöffel auf einen Liter Wasser — one teaspoon to one litre of water

das Bier geht auf mich — (ugs.) the beer's on 'me (coll.)

auf wen geht die Cola? — who's paying for the Coke?

Welle auf Welle brandete ans Ufer — wave upon wave broke on the shore

jemanden auf Tb untersuchen — examine somebody for TB

jemanden auf seine Eignung prüfen — test somebody's suitability

auf die Sekunde [genau] — [precise] to the second

auf ein gutes Gelingen — to our/your success

auf deine Gesundheit — your health

auf bald/morgen! — (bes. südd.) see you soon/tomorrow

auf 10 zählen — (bes. südd.) count [up] to 10; s. auch einmal 1. 1); machen 3. 6)
3.
Adverb

1) (Aufforderung, sich zu erheben)

auf! — up you get!; (zu einem Hund) up!

2)

sie waren längst auf und davon — they had made off long before

3) (bes. südd.): (Aufforderung, zu handeln)

auf! — come on

4) (Aufforderung, sich aufzumachen)

auf ins Schwimmbad! — come on, off to the swimming pool!

5)

auf und ab — up and down; (hin und her) up and down; to and fro

6) (Aufforderung, sich etwas aufzusetzen)

Helm/Hut/Brille auf! — helmet/hat/glasses on!

7) (ugs.): (offen) open

Fenster/Türen/Mund auf! — open the window/doors/your mouth!

8) (nicht im Bett) up
4.
auf dass — Konjunktion (veralt.) so that

* * *

(per) Knopfdruck ausdr.

at the touch of a button expr. adv.

up adv. präp.

at prep.

in prep.

on prep.

onto prep.

to prep.

up prep.

upon prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Auf
15 auf

I Präp.

1. (+ Dat) räumlich, als Ortsangabe: on, in; auf dem Tisch on the table; auf der Welt in the world; nirgends auf der Welt nowhere in the (whole wide) world; auf der Straße in (Am. auch on) the street; (Fahrbahn) on the road; auf dem Feld in the field; auf See at sea; auf Malta in Malta; auf der Insel on the island; auf dem Rücken liegen etc. on one’s back; auf seiner Seite at ( oder by) his side; liegen etc.: on his side; auf Seite 15 on page 15; er ist auf seinem Zimmer he is in his room; (etw.) auf der Geige etc. spielen play (s.th. on) the violin etc.; auf einem Auge blind blind in one eye; auf einem Ohr taub deaf in one ear; das Wort endet auf t the word ends with ( oder in) a t; auf der Stelle fig. on the spot

2. (+ Akk) räumlich, als Richtungsangabe: on(to); to; towards; up; auf den Tisch legen etc. on the table; auf die Erde fallen fall (on)to the ground; auf die Post etc. gehen go to the post office etc.; auf sein Zimmer gehen go to one’s room; auf die Straße gehen go (out) into the street; auf einen Berg klettern climb up a mountain; ein Fenster auf die Straße a window (giving on, Am. looking on)to the street; sie ging auf ihn zu she walked toward(s) him

3. (+ Dat) Aufenthalt: at, by; (während) during, on; auf der Ausstellung ( Post) at the exhibition (post office); auf einer Party (Schule, Universität) at a party (school, university); auf dem Markt at the market; auf Reisen ( sein) (be) travel(l)ing, on a trip; auf einem Spaziergang entdeckte sie... she discovered... during ( oder on) a walk; auf Besuch sein be visiting

4. (+ Akk) Aufenthalt (beginnen): auf eine höhere Schule kommen / gehen move / go up to a secondary (Am. auch high) school; sie geht aufs Gymnasium etwa she goes to grammar (Am. auch grade, high) school; auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing; auf die Jagd gehen go hunting, auf das Land ziehen move to the country

5. (+ Akk) Zeitraum: (für) for; auf Jahre hinaus for years to come; auf Monate ( hinaus) ausgebucht booked ( oder sold) out (for) months ahead ( oder in advance); auf ( immer und) ewig for ever (and ever); auf Zeit for a period ( oder time); auf unbestimmte Zeit ( verreisen) (go away on a trip) for an indefinite period of time; auf vier Jahre gewählt elected for four years; ich bleibe noch auf eine Tasse Tee I’ll stay for a cup of tea

6. (+ Akk) Reihenfolge: Monat auf Monat verging months went by; er macht Fehler auf Fehler he makes one mistake after the other; in der Nacht vom 1. auf den 2. Mai in the night from the 1st to the 2nd of May (Am. auch from May 1 to 2); sie hat es von einem Tag auf den anderen vergessen she forgot (about) it from one day to the next

7. (+ Akk) Zeitpunkt: es geht auf neun ( Uhr) it’s getting on for (Am. getting close to) nine; er geht auf die Siebzig zu he’s getting on for (Am. getting close to, umg. pushing) seventy; den Wecker auf 7 ( Uhr) stellen set the alarm for 7 (o’clock); bis auf den heutigen Tag until today ( oder the present day); auf morgen! see you tomorrow!; auf bald! see you soon!

8. (+ Akk) Entfernung: auf eine Entfernung von... at a distance of...; ( noch) auf 100 Meter zu erkennen / verstehen sein be recognizable / comprehensible from ( oder at a distance of) 100 met|res (Am. -ers); sie kam ( bis) auf zwei Schritte heran she came up (to) within a yard

9. (+ Dat/Akk) Art und Weise: auf (in) direktem Wege (in)directly; auf dem Seeweg by sea; auf Englisch in English; auf diese Weise in this way; auf meine Kosten on me; jemanden auf das oder aufs Äußerste oder äußerste reizen push s.o. to the limit; er hat sie auf das oder aufs Übelste oder übelste betrogen he deceived her in the most despicable way

10. (+ Akk) Folge: auf seinen Antrag ( hin) following his application; auf ihren Rat ( hin) following her advice; auf vielfachen Wunsch upon repeated request; den Ausweis auf Verlangen vorzeigen show identification upon request ( oder when requested); auch auf die Gefahr ( hin), dass... even if it means risking that...

11. (+ Akk) (hinsichtlich) auf Mängel ( hin) überprüfen / untersuchen inspect / examine for faults

12. (+ Akk) Ziel, Zweck: auf Zeit spielen play for time; auf jemanden anstoßen / trinken drink to s.o.(‘s health); auf dein Wohl! (here’s) to you ( oder your health)!; auf ein gutes Gelingen! (here’s) to our, your etc. success ( oder a successful outcome)!; auf jemanden / etw. aus sein be out for ( oder to get) s.o. / s.th.

13. (+ Akk) (im Verhältnis zu) to, per, for; drei Eier auf ein Pfund Mehl three eggs to one ( oder for every) pound of flour; durchschnittlich ein Fehler auf zehn Zeilen on average one mistake (in) every ten lines

14. er kam um 6, auf die Minute genau he came at 6 o’clock on the dot; das stimmt auf den Pfennig / Zentimeter ( genau) that’s right down to the last penny / centimet|re (Am. -er)

15. es hat was auf sich there’s something to it; es hat nichts auf sich, dass... the fact that... doesn’t mean anything; das Gerücht hat nichts auf sich there’s nothing in ( oder to) the rumo(u)r; ich frage mich, was es mit... auf sich hat I wonder what’s behind...

16.

a) (+ Akk): eifersüchtig auf jealous of; sich freuen auf look forward to; hoffen auf hope for; mit Rücksicht auf... in consideration of..., taking... into consideration; stolz sein auf be proud of; es besteht Verdacht auf Schädelbruch etc. there is a suspected skull fracture; im Vertrauen auf seine Pünktlichkeit etc. counting on ( oder trusting [to]) his punctuality; das Bier geht auf mich fig. the beer’s on me ( oder my treat); in Pub: I’ll get this umg.;

b) (+ Dat): beharren auf insist on; beruhen auf be based on; auf dem Fuße folgen follow at s.o.’s heels; etc.; Anhieb, bis, einmal und die mit „auf“ verbundenen Adjektive, Verben und Substantive

II Adv.

1. umg. (offen) open; Mund auf! open wide!; Tür auf! open the door!; ist die Bank schon auf? is the bank open yet ( oder already open)?; komm rein, die Tür ist auf come (on) in, the door’s open ( oder not locked)

2. umg.: auf sein (nicht im Bett sein) be up; auf! (get) up!

3. umg.: Helm auf! helmets on!

4. (los) auf (geht’s)! antreibend: up!, get up!, let’s get going!; anfeuernd: come on!; auffordernd: let’s go!; Glück auf! (Bergmannsgruß) good luck!

5. auf und ab oder nieder up and down, back and forth; im Zimmer etc. auf und ab gehen walk ( oder pace) up and down ( oder to and fro, Am. back and forth); mit ihrer Beziehung geht es auf und ab she’s having ups and downs in her relationship

6. sich auf und davon machen clear off; bugger off umg.; und schon war sie auf und davon and she’d already taken off ( oder disappeared)

III Konj.: auf dass (in order) that; auf dass nicht that not, for fear that, to avoid that; lest geh.

* * *

onto (Präp.); unto (Präp.); on (Präp.); upon (Präp.); at (Präp.); to (Präp.); at the top of (Präp.);

(offen) open (Adj.)

* * *
[auf]
nt inv

das Áúf und Ab or Nieder — the up and down; (fig) the ups and downs

das Áúf und Ab des Kolbens — the up(ward) and down(ward) movement of the piston

* * *

1) at

2) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) on

3) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) on

4) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) on

5) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) on

6) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) on

7) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) on

8) (on: He sat upon the floor; Please place it upon the table; Upon arrival, they went in search of a hotel.) upon

9) to

10) (erect: Sit/Stand up; He got up from his chair.) up

11) (out of bed: What time do you get up?; I'll be up all night finishing this work.) up

12) (into the presence, or consideration, of a person, group of people etc: He brought up the subject during the conversation.) up

13) (to or at a higher level on: He climbed up the tree.) up

* * *

Auf

[auf]

nt

▶ das/ein \Auf und Ab up and down, to and fro; (ständiger Wechsel zwischen gut und schlecht) up and down

in jedem Leben ist es doch immer ein \Auf und Ab every life has its ups and downs

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) on

auf See — at sea

auf dem Baum — in the tree

auf der Erde — on earth

auf der Welt — in the world

auf der Straße — in the street

auf dem Platz — in the square

auf meinem Konto — in my account

auf beiden Augen blind — blind in both eyes

das Thermometer steht auf 15° — the thermometer stands at or reads 15°

2) (in) at < post office, town hall, police station>

auf seinem Zimmer — (ugs.) in his room

auf der Schule/Uni — at school/university

3) (bei) at < party, wedding>; on <course, trip, walk, holiday, tour>

4)

was hat es damit auf sich? — what's it all about?
2.
Präposition mit Akk

1) on; on to

sich auf einen Stuhl setzen — sit down on a chair

sich auf das Bett legen — lie down on the bed

er nahm den Rucksack auf den Rücken — he lifted the rucksack up on to his back

auf einen Berg steigen — climb up a mountain

sich (Dat.) einen Hut auf den Kopf setzen — put a hat on [one's head]

auf den Mond fliegen — fly to the moon

jemandem auf den Fuß treten — step on somebody's foot

auf die Straße gehen — go [out] into the street

jemanden auf den Rücken legen — lay somebody on his/her back

jemanden auf den Rücken drehen — turn somebody on to his/her back

etwas auf ein Konto überweisen — transfer something to an account

das Thermometer ist auf 0° gefallen — the thermometer has fallen to 0°

auf ihn! — (ugs.) get him!

2) (zu) to

auf die Schule/Uni gehen — go to school/university

auf einen Lehrgang gehen — go on a course

3) (bei Entfernungen)

auf 10 km [Entfernung] — for [a distance of] 10 km

wir näherten uns der Hütte [bis] auf 30 m — we approached to within 30 m of the hut

4) (zeitlich) for

auf Jahre [hinaus] — for years [to come]

etwas auf nächsten Mittwoch festlegen/verschieben — arrange something for/postpone something until next Wednesday

die Nacht von Sonntag auf Montag — Sunday night

das fällt auf einen Montag — it falls on a Monday

wir verschieben es auf den 3. Mai — we'll postpone it to 3 May

5) (zur Angabe der Art und Weise)

auf diese Art und Weise — in this way

auf die Tour erreichst du bei mir nichts — (ugs.) you won't get anywhere with me like that

auf deutsch — in German

auf das sorgfältigste/herzlichste — (geh.) most carefully/warmly

auf a enden — end in a

6) (auf Grund)

auf Wunsch — on request

auf vielfachen Wunsch [hin] — in response to numerous requests

auf meine Bitte — at my request

auf seine Initiative — on his initiative

auf Befehl — on command

auf meinen Vorschlag [hin] — at my suggestion

7) (sonstige Verwendungen)

ein Teelöffel auf einen Liter Wasser — one teaspoon to one litre of water

das Bier geht auf mich — (ugs.) the beer's on 'me (coll.)

auf wen geht die Cola? — who's paying for the Coke?

Welle auf Welle brandete ans Ufer — wave upon wave broke on the shore

jemanden auf Tb untersuchen — examine somebody for TB

jemanden auf seine Eignung prüfen — test somebody's suitability

auf die Sekunde [genau] — [precise] to the second

auf ein gutes Gelingen — to our/your success

auf deine Gesundheit — your health

auf bald/morgen! — (bes. südd.) see you soon/tomorrow

auf 10 zählen — (bes. südd.) count [up] to 10; s. auch einmal 1. 1); machen 3. 6)
3.
Adverb

1) (Aufforderung, sich zu erheben)

auf! — up you get!; (zu einem Hund) up!

2)

sie waren längst auf und davon — they had made off long before

3) (bes. südd.): (Aufforderung, zu handeln)

auf! — come on

4) (Aufforderung, sich aufzumachen)

auf ins Schwimmbad! — come on, off to the swimming pool!

5)

auf und ab — up and down; (hin und her) up and down; to and fro

6) (Aufforderung, sich etwas aufzusetzen)

Helm/Hut/Brille auf! — helmet/hat/glasses on!

7) (ugs.): (offen) open

Fenster/Türen/Mund auf! — open the window/doors/your mouth!

8) (nicht im Bett) up
4.
auf dass — Konjunktion (veralt.) so that

* * *

auf

A. präp

1. (+dat) räumlich, als Ortsangabe: on, in;

auf dem Tisch on the table;

auf der Welt in the world;

nirgends auf der Welt nowhere in the (whole wide) world;

auf der Straße in (US auch on) the street; (Fahrbahn) on the road;

auf dem Feld in the field;

auf See at sea;

auf Malta in Malta;

auf der Insel on the island;

auf dem Rücken liegen etc on one’s back;

auf seiner Seite at ( oder by) his side; liegen etc: on his side;

auf Seite 15 on page 15;

er ist auf seinem Zimmer he is in his room;

(etwas) auf der Geige etc

spielen play (sth on) the violin etc;

auf einem Auge blind blind in one eye;

auf einem Ohr taub deaf in one ear;

das Wort endet auf t the word ends with ( oder in) a t;

auf der Stelle fig on the spot

2. (+akk) räumlich, als Richtungsangabe: on(to); to; towards; up;

auf den Tisch legen etc on the table;

auf die Erde fallen fall (on)to the ground;

auf die Post etc

gehen go to the post office etc;

auf sein Zimmer gehen go to one’s room;

auf die Straße gehen go (out) into the street;

auf einen Berg klettern climb up a mountain;

ein Fenster auf die Straße a window (giving on, US looking on)to the street;

sie ging auf ihn zu she walked toward(s) him

3. (+dat) Aufenthalt: at, by; (während) during, on;

auf der Ausstellung (Post) at the exhibition (post office);

auf einer Party (Schule, Universität) at a party (school, university);

auf dem Markt at the market;

auf Reisen (sein) (be) travel(l)ing, on a trip;

auf einem Spaziergang entdeckte sie … she discovered … during ( oder on) a walk;

auf Besuch sein be visiting

4. (+akk) Aufenthalt (beginnen):

auf eine höhere Schule kommen/gehen move/go up to a secondary (US auch high) school;

sie geht aufs Gymnasium etwa she goes to grammar (US auch grade, high) school;

auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing;

auf die Jagd gehen go hunting,

auf das Land ziehen move to the country

5. (+akk) Zeitraum: (für) for;

auf Jahre hinaus for years to come;

auf Monate (hinaus) ausgebucht booked ( oder sold) out( for) months ahead ( oder in advance);

auf (immer und) ewig for ever (and ever);

auf Zeit for a period ( oder time);

auf unbestimmte Zeit (verreisen) (go away on a trip) for an indefinite period of time;

auf vier Jahre gewählt elected for four years;

ich bleibe noch auf eine Tasse Tee I’ll stay for a cup of tea

6. (+akk) Reihenfolge:

Monat auf Monat verging months went by;

er macht Fehler auf Fehler he makes one mistake after the other;

in der Nacht vom 1. auf den 2. Mai in the night from the 1st to the 2nd of May (US auch from May 1 to 2);

sie hat es von einem Tag auf den anderen vergessen she forgot (about) it from one day to the next

7. (+akk) Zeitpunkt:

es geht auf neun (Uhr) it’s getting on for (US getting close to) nine;

er geht auf die Siebzig zu he’s getting on for (US getting close to, umg pushing) seventy;

den Wecker auf 7 (Uhr) stellen set the alarm for 7 (o’clock);

bis auf den heutigen Tag until today ( oder the present day);

auf morgen! see you tomorrow!;

auf bald! see you soon!

8. (+akk) Entfernung:

auf eine Entfernung von … at a distance of …;

(noch) auf 100 Meter zu erkennen/verstehen sein be recognizable/comprehensible from ( oder at a distance of) 100 metres (US -ers);

sie kam (bis) auf zwei Schritte heran she came up (to) within a yard

9. (+dat/akk) Art und Weise:

auf (in)direktem Wege (in)directly;

auf dem Seeweg by sea;

auf Englisch in English;

auf diese Weise in this way;

auf meine Kosten on me;

jemanden auf das oder

aufs Äußerste oder

äußerste reizen push sb to the limit;

er hat sie auf das oder

aufs Übelste oder

übelste betrogen he deceived her in the most despicable way

10. (+akk) Folge:

auf seinen Antrag (hin) following his application;

auf ihren Rat (hin) following her advice;

auf vielfachen Wunsch upon repeated request;

den Ausweis auf Verlangen vorzeigen show identification upon request ( oder when requested);

auch auf die Gefahr (hin), dass … even if it means risking that …

11. (+akk) (hinsichtlich)

auf Mängel (hin) überprüfen/untersuchen inspect/examine for faults

12. (+akk) Ziel, Zweck:

auf Zeit spielen play for time;

auf jemanden anstoßen/trinken drink to sb(’s health);

auf dein Wohl! (here’s) to you ( oder your health)!;

auf ein gutes Gelingen! (here’s) to our, your etc success ( oder a successful outcome)!;

auf jemanden/etwas aus sein be out for ( oder to get) sb/sth

13. (+akk) (im Verhältnis zu) to, per, for;

drei Eier auf ein Pfund Mehl three eggs to one ( oder for every) pound of flour;

durchschnittlich ein Fehler auf zehn Zeilen on average one mistake (in) every ten lines

14.

er kam um 6, auf die Minute genau he came at 6 o’clock on the dot;

das stimmt auf den Pfennig/Zentimeter (genau) that’s right down to the last penny/centimetre (US -er)

15.

es hat was auf sich there’s something to it;

es hat nichts auf sich, dass … the fact that … doesn’t mean anything;

das Gerücht hat nichts auf sich there’s nothing in ( oder to) the rumo(u)r;

ich frage mich, was es mit … auf sich hat I wonder what’s behind …

16. (+akk):

eifersüchtig auf jealous of;

sich freuen auf look forward to;

hoffen auf hope for;

mit Rücksicht auf … in consideration of …, taking … into consideration;

stolz sein auf be proud of;

es besteht Verdacht auf Schädelbruch etc there is a suspected skull fracture;

im Vertrauen auf seine Pünktlichkeit etc counting on ( oder trusting [to]) his punctuality;

das Bier geht auf mich fig the beer’s on me ( oder my treat); in Pub: I’ll get this umg; (+dat):

beharren auf insist on;

beruhen auf be based on;

auf dem Fuße folgen follow at sb’s heels; etc; → Anhieb, bis, einmal und die mit „auf“ verbundenen Adjektive, Verben und Substantive

B. adv

1. umg (offen) open;

Mund auf! open wide!;

Tür auf! open the door!;

ist die Bank schon auf? is the bank open yet ( oder already open)?;

komm rein, die Tür ist auf come (on) in, the door’s open ( oder not locked)

2. umg:

auf sein (nicht im Bett sein) be up;

auf! (get) up!

3. umg:

Helm auf! helmets on!

4. (los)

auf (geht’s)! antreibend: up!, get up!, let’s get going!; anfeuernd: come on!; auffordernd: let’s go!;

Glück auf! (Bergmannsgruß) good luck!

5.

auf und ab oder

nieder up and down, back and forth;

im Zimmer etc

auf und ab gehen walk ( oder pace) up and down ( oder to and fro, US back and forth);

mit ihrer Beziehung geht es auf und ab she’s having ups and downs in her relationship

6.

sich auf und davon machen clear off; bugger off umg;

und schon war sie auf und davon and she’d already taken off ( oder disappeared)

C. konj:

auf dass (in order) that;

auf dass nicht that not, for fear that, to avoid that; lest geh

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) on

auf See — at sea

auf dem Baum — in the tree

auf der Erde — on earth

auf der Welt — in the world

auf der Straße — in the street

auf dem Platz — in the square

auf meinem Konto — in my account

auf beiden Augen blind — blind in both eyes

das Thermometer steht auf 15° — the thermometer stands at or reads 15°

2) (in) at <post office, town hall, police station>

auf seinem Zimmer — (ugs.) in his room

auf der Schule/Uni — at school/university

3) (bei) at <party, wedding>; on <course, trip, walk, holiday, tour>

4)

was hat es damit auf sich? — what's it all about?
2.
Präposition mit Akk

1) on; on to

sich auf einen Stuhl setzen — sit down on a chair

sich auf das Bett legen — lie down on the bed

er nahm den Rucksack auf den Rücken — he lifted the rucksack up on to his back

auf einen Berg steigen — climb up a mountain

sich (Dat.) einen Hut auf den Kopf setzen — put a hat on [one's head]

auf den Mond fliegen — fly to the moon

jemandem auf den Fuß treten — step on somebody's foot

auf die Straße gehen — go [out] into the street

jemanden auf den Rücken legen — lay somebody on his/her back

jemanden auf den Rücken drehen — turn somebody on to his/her back

etwas auf ein Konto überweisen — transfer something to an account

das Thermometer ist auf 0° gefallen — the thermometer has fallen to 0°

auf ihn! — (ugs.) get him!

2) (zu) to

auf die Schule/Uni gehen — go to school/university

auf einen Lehrgang gehen — go on a course

3) (bei Entfernungen)

auf 10 km [Entfernung] — for [a distance of] 10 km

wir näherten uns der Hütte [bis] auf 30 m — we approached to within 30 m of the hut

4) (zeitlich) for

auf Jahre [hinaus] — for years [to come]

etwas auf nächsten Mittwoch festlegen/verschieben — arrange something for/postpone something until next Wednesday

die Nacht von Sonntag auf Montag — Sunday night

das fällt auf einen Montag — it falls on a Monday

wir verschieben es auf den 3. Mai — we'll postpone it to 3 May

5) (zur Angabe der Art und Weise)

auf diese Art und Weise — in this way

auf die Tour erreichst du bei mir nichts — (ugs.) you won't get anywhere with me like that

auf deutsch — in German

auf das sorgfältigste/herzlichste — (geh.) most carefully/warmly

auf a enden — end in a

6) (auf Grund)

auf Wunsch — on request

auf vielfachen Wunsch [hin] — in response to numerous requests

auf meine Bitte — at my request

auf seine Initiative — on his initiative

auf Befehl — on command

auf meinen Vorschlag [hin] — at my suggestion

7) (sonstige Verwendungen)

ein Teelöffel auf einen Liter Wasser — one teaspoon to one litre of water

das Bier geht auf mich — (ugs.) the beer's on 'me (coll.)

auf wen geht die Cola? — who's paying for the Coke?

Welle auf Welle brandete ans Ufer — wave upon wave broke on the shore

jemanden auf Tb untersuchen — examine somebody for TB

jemanden auf seine Eignung prüfen — test somebody's suitability

auf die Sekunde [genau] — [precise] to the second

auf ein gutes Gelingen — to our/your success

auf deine Gesundheit — your health

auf bald/morgen! — (bes. südd.) see you soon/tomorrow

auf 10 zählen — (bes. südd.) count [up] to 10; s. auch einmal 1. 1); machen 3. 6)
3.
Adverb

1) (Aufforderung, sich zu erheben)

auf! — up you get!; (zu einem Hund) up!

2)

sie waren längst auf und davon — they had made off long before

3) (bes. südd.): (Aufforderung, zu handeln)

auf! — come on

4) (Aufforderung, sich aufzumachen)

auf ins Schwimmbad! — come on, off to the swimming pool!

5)

auf und ab — up and down; (hin und her) up and down; to and fro

6) (Aufforderung, sich etwas aufzusetzen)

Helm/Hut/Brille auf! — helmet/hat/glasses on!

7) (ugs.): (offen) open

Fenster/Türen/Mund auf! — open the window/doors/your mouth!

8) (nicht im Bett) up
4.
auf dass — Konjunktion (veralt.) so that

* * *

(per) Knopfdruck ausdr.

at the touch of a button expr. adv.

up adv. präp.

at prep.

in prep.

on prep.

onto prep.

to prep.

up prep.

upon prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > auf
16 bajar

v.

1 to take/bring down (poner abajo) (libro, cuadro).

ayúdame a bajar la caja help me get the box down; (desde lo alto) help carry the box downstairs (al piso de abajo)

2 to go/come down (descender) (montaña, escaleras).

bajó las escaleras a toda velocidad she ran down the stairs as fast as she could

bajar en ascensor to go/come down in the lift o (British) elevator (United States)

bajar por la escalera to go/come down the stairs

bajar (a) por algo to go out and get something

bajar corriendo to run down

3 to reduce.

bajar el fuego (de la cocina) to reduce the heat

4 to lower (ojos, cabeza, voz).

5 to download (informal) (computing).

6 to fall, to drop.

bajó la gasolina the price of petrol o (British) gasoline fell (United States)

este modelo ha bajado de precio this model has gone down in price, the price of this model has gone down

bajó la Bolsa share prices fell

las acciones de C & C han bajado C & C share prices have fallen

7 to descend, to come down, to decrease, to drop.

Bajó el calor The heat descended.

El hielo bajó la temperatura The ice reduced the temperature.

8 to step down, to stand down, to climb down, to get down.

Ricardo bajó del camión Richard stepped down from the truck.

9 to take down, to discharge, to carry down, to get down.

Pedro bajó el equipaje Peter took down the luggage.

10 to put down, to lower, to put in a lower position.

Ella bajó su mano She put down her hand.

11 to go down, to descend.

Ese elevador baja That elevator goes down.

12 to have less.

Me bajó la temperatura I have less temperature.

13 to walk down, to descend.

Ella bajó el camino al mar She walked down the path to the sea.

* * *

bajar

► verbo transitivo

1 (coger algo de un lugar alto) to get down, take down

■ bajó un libro de la estantería he took a book down from the shelf

2 (dejar más abajo) to lower

■ ¿has bajado las persianas? have you lowered the blinds?

■ ese cuadro está muy alto, bájalo un poco that picture's too high, bring it down a bit

■ se bajó los pantalones para que le pusieran una inyección he took his trousers down so that they could give him an injection

3 (reducir) to lower, reduce, bring down

■ esto te bajará la tensión this will lower your blood pressure

■ nuestro objetivo es bajar la inflación our aim is to reduce inflation

■ han bajado los impuestos directos they've cut down direct taxes

■ quieren bajar el precio de los libros they want to bring down the price of books

4 (reducir en intensidad) to lower; (voz) to lower; (sonido, luz, gas) to turn down

■ baja la voz, que te van a oír lower your voice, they'll hear you

■ baja la tele un poco, no te oigo turn the telly down, I can't hear you

■ baja la calefacción, hace calor turn the heating down, it's hot

5 (alargar) to lengthen, let down

■ la modista me bajó un poco la falda the dressmaker let my skirt down a bit

6 (recorrer de arriba abajo) to go down, come down

■ bajamos la escalera we went down the stairs

■ bajó la calle corriendo she ran down the street

7 (en informática) to download

► verbo intransitivo

1 (ir abajo - acercándose) to come down; (- alejándose) to go down

■ ¡baja de ahí ahora mismo! come down from there right now!

■ ¿bajas en ascensor o por la escalera? are you going down in the lift or by the stairs?

■ bajó corriendo/volando he ran/flew down

2 (reducirse) to fall, drop, come down

■ ha bajado la temperatura the temperature has dropped

■ los precios han bajado prices have come down

■ el yen sigue bajando the yen continues to fall

3 (hinchazón) to go down; (fiebre) to go down, come down

4 (marea) to go out

5 (apearse - de coche) to get out (de, of); (de bicicleta, caballo) to get off (de, -); (de avión, tren, autobús) to get off (de, -)

► verbo pronominal bajarse

1 (ir abajo - acercándose) to come down; (- alejándose) to go down

2 (apearse - de coche) to get out (de, -); (bicicleta, caballo) to get off (de, -); (avión, tren, autobús) to get off (de, -)

3 (agacharse) to bend down, bend over

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

bajarse la cabeza to bow one's head

no bajar de... to be at least..., not be less than...

■ ese coche no baja de los tres millones that car must cost at least three million

* * *

verb

1) to lower

2) descend

3) fall

4) reduce

5) take down

•

- bajarse de
- bajarse
* * *

1. VT

1) (=llevar abajo) to take down; (=traer abajo) to bring down

¿has bajado la basura? — have you taken the rubbish down?

¿me bajas el abrigo?, hace frío aquí fuera — could you bring my coat down? it's cold out here

te he bajado la maleta del armario — I got your suitcase down from the wardrobe

la bajó del caballo — he helped her down off the horse

¿me baja a la Plaza Mayor? — [en taxi] could you take me to the Plaza Mayor?

2) (=mover hacia abajo) [+ bandera, ventanilla] to lower; [+ persiana] to put down, lower

bajar el telón — to lower the curtain

dimos un paseo para bajar la comida — we had a walk to help us digest our meal

3) [con partes del cuerpo] [+ brazos] to drop, lower

bajó la vista o los ojos — he looked down

bajó la cabeza — she bowed o lowered her head

4) (=reducir) [+ precio] to lower, put down; [+ fiebre, tensión, voz] to lower

los comercios han bajado los precios — businesses have put their prices down o lowered their prices

5) [+ radio, televisión, gas] to turn down

baja la radio que no oigo nada — turn the radio down, I can't hear a thing

¡baja la voz, que no estoy sordo! — keep your voice down, I'm not deaf!

6)

bajar la escalera — [visto desde arriba] to go down the stairs; [visto desde abajo] to come down the stairs

7) (=perder) to lose

bajé seis kilos — I lost six kilos

8) (Inform) to download

9) (=humillar) to humble, humiliate

10) Caribe ** (=pagar) to cough up *, fork out *

11) And ** (=matar) to do in **

2. VI

1) (=descender) [visto desde arriba] to go down; [visto desde abajo] to come down

baja y ayúdame — come down and help me

¡ahora bajo! — I'll be right down!

2) (=apearse) [de autobús, avión, tren, moto, bici, caballo] to get off; [de coche] to get out

bajar de — [+ autobús, avión, tren, moto, bici, caballo] to get off; [+ coche] to get out of

3) (=reducirse) [temperatura, fiebre, tensión arterial] to go down, fall, drop; [hinchazón, calidad] to go down

han bajado los precios — prices have fallen o come o gone down

el dólar bajó frente al euro — the dollar fell against the euro

los coches han bajado de precio — cars have come down in price

el partido bajó de cinco diputados a dos — the party went down from five deputies to two

4)

• bajar de (=perder) —

el avión empezó a bajar de altura — the plane started to lose height

el ejercicio te hará bajar de peso — exercise will help you to lose weight

5)

• no bajar de (=no ser menos de) —

el regalo no bajará de 15 euros — you won't pay less than 15 euros for the present

la venta no ha bajado nunca de mil — sales have never fallen below a thousand

los termómetros no han bajado de 30 grados — temperatures haven't dropped below 30 degrees

6) [regla] to start

me acaba de bajar la regla — my period has just started

3.

See:

bajarse
BAJAR De vehículos ► Bajar(se) de un vehículo privado o de un taxi se traduce por get out of, mientras que bajar(se) de un vehículo público (tren, autobús, avión {etc}) se traduce por get off: Bajó del coche y nos saludó She got out of the car and said hello No baje del tren en marcha Don't get off the train while it is still moving ► Debe emplearse get off cuando nos referimos a bicicletas, motos y animales de montura: Se bajó de la bicicleta He got off his bicycle Otros verbos de movimiento ► Bajar la escalera/ la cuesta {etc}, por regla general, se suele traducir por come down o por go down, según la dirección del movimiento (hacia o en sentido contrario del hablante), pero come y go se pueden substituir por otros verbos de movimiento si la oración española especifica la forma en que se baja mediante el uso de adverbios o construcciones adverbiales: Bajó las escaleras deprisa y corriendo She rushed down the stairs Bajó la cuesta tranquilamente He ambled down the hill Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ascensor/persona ( alejándose) to go down; ( acercándose) to come down

yo bajo por la escalera — I'll take the stairs

espérame, ya bajo — wait for me, I'll be right down

¿bajas a la playa con nosotros? — are you coming (down) to the beach with us?

bajar a + inf — to go/come down to + inf

bajé a despedirlos — I went down to see them out

bajó a saludarnos — he came down to say hello

b) ( apearse)

bajar de algo — de tren/avión to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

c) (Dep) equipo to go down

2)

a) marea to go out

b) fiebre/tensión to go down, drop; hinchazón to go down; temperatura to fall, drop

le ha bajado la fiebre — her fever o temperature has gone down

c) precio/valor to fall, drop; cotización to fall; calidad to deteriorate; popularidad to diminish

bajar de precio — to go down in price

seguro que no baja de los dos millones — I bet it won't be o cost less than two million

d) menstruación to start
2.
bajar vt

1) <escalera/cuesta> to go down

2) <brazo/mano> to put down, lower

bajó la cabeza avergonzado — he bowed his head in shame

3) (Inf) to download

4)

a)

bajar algo (de algo) — de armario/estante to get sth down (from sth); del piso de arriba to bring/take down sth

¿me bajas las llaves? — can you bring down my keys?

hay que bajar estas botellas al sótano — we have to take these bottles down to the basement

b)

bajar a algn de algo — de mesa/caballo to get sb off sth

5)

a) <persiana/telón> to lower; < ventanilla> to open

b) < cremallera> to undo

6) < precio> to lower; < fiebre> to bring down; < volumen> to turn down

baja la voz — lower your voice
3.
bajarse verbo pronominal

1) ( apearse)

bajarse de algo — de tren/autobús to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

bájate del muro! — get down off the wall!

2) < pantalones> to take down; < falda> to pull down

* * *

= come + downstairs, drop, go down, lower, walk down, ebb, subside, move down, come down, wind + Nombre + down, coast, freewheel, take + a tumble, turn down.

Ex. Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.

Ex. The search profile will only be modified periodically as the quality of the set of notifications output from the search drops to unacceptable levels.

Ex. Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.

Ex. When a forme was in place on the press stone, paper was lowered on to it by means of a tympan and frisket.

Ex. Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.

Ex. Subsequently, library development stalled as cultural interaction ebbed from classical levels.

Ex. Her agitation subsided suddenly.

Ex. Of the 32 institutions indicating some change in status from July 1982 to January 1983, 19 moved down in status and 13 moved up.

Ex. Costs are likely to be high but they will only come down as the system moves into the mass market.

Ex. Not the least of the ironies of this venture is that going ahead with it is as full of hazard as winding it down abruptly.

Ex. Pushing our bicycles up a very steep hill one sunny morning, two men on bicycles coasted down the hill and passed us.

Ex. His vehicle freewheeled backwards down a hill and collided with another vehicle heading up the hill.

Ex. Tourism takes a tumble in Australia due to the global credit crunch.

Ex. Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

----

* bajar a = head down to.

* bajar a Alguien del pedestal = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* bajar de categoría = demote.

* bajar de precio = come down in + price.

* bajar el listón = lower + the bar.

* bajar el nivel = lower + the bar.

* bajar el precio = lower + price.

* bajar la calidad = lower + standards.

* bajar la guardia = lower + Posesivo + guard.

* bajar la moral = lower + morale.

* bajar la ventana = wind down + window.

* bajar la voz = lower + Posesivo + voice.

* bajarle la nota a Alguien = mark + Nombre + down.

* bajarle los humos a Alguien = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size, take + the wind out of + Posesivo + sails.

* bajar los precios = roll back + prices.

* bajar mucho = go + way down.

* bajarse de = get off.

* bajarse de las nubes = get real.

* bajarse del tren = get off + the train.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* no bajarse del burro = stick to + Posesivo + guns.

* precio + bajar = price + fall.

* que baja los humos = humbling.

* subir y = move up and/or down.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ascensor/persona ( alejándose) to go down; ( acercándose) to come down

yo bajo por la escalera — I'll take the stairs

espérame, ya bajo — wait for me, I'll be right down

¿bajas a la playa con nosotros? — are you coming (down) to the beach with us?

bajar a + inf — to go/come down to + inf

bajé a despedirlos — I went down to see them out

bajó a saludarnos — he came down to say hello

b) ( apearse)

bajar de algo — de tren/avión to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

c) (Dep) equipo to go down

2)

a) marea to go out

b) fiebre/tensión to go down, drop; hinchazón to go down; temperatura to fall, drop

le ha bajado la fiebre — her fever o temperature has gone down

c) precio/valor to fall, drop; cotización to fall; calidad to deteriorate; popularidad to diminish

bajar de precio — to go down in price

seguro que no baja de los dos millones — I bet it won't be o cost less than two million

d) menstruación to start
2.
bajar vt

1) <escalera/cuesta> to go down

2) <brazo/mano> to put down, lower

bajó la cabeza avergonzado — he bowed his head in shame

3) (Inf) to download

4)

a)

bajar algo (de algo) — de armario/estante to get sth down (from sth); del piso de arriba to bring/take down sth

¿me bajas las llaves? — can you bring down my keys?

hay que bajar estas botellas al sótano — we have to take these bottles down to the basement

b)

bajar a algn de algo — de mesa/caballo to get sb off sth

5)

a) <persiana/telón> to lower; < ventanilla> to open

b) < cremallera> to undo

6) < precio> to lower; < fiebre> to bring down; < volumen> to turn down

baja la voz — lower your voice
3.
bajarse verbo pronominal

1) ( apearse)

bajarse de algo — de tren/autobús to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

bájate del muro! — get down off the wall!

2) < pantalones> to take down; < falda> to pull down

* * *

= come + downstairs, drop, go down, lower, walk down, ebb, subside, move down, come down, wind + Nombre + down, coast, freewheel, take + a tumble, turn down.

Ex: Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.

Ex: The search profile will only be modified periodically as the quality of the set of notifications output from the search drops to unacceptable levels.

Ex: Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.

Ex: When a forme was in place on the press stone, paper was lowered on to it by means of a tympan and frisket.

Ex: Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.

Ex: Subsequently, library development stalled as cultural interaction ebbed from classical levels.

Ex: Her agitation subsided suddenly.

Ex: Of the 32 institutions indicating some change in status from July 1982 to January 1983, 19 moved down in status and 13 moved up.

Ex: Costs are likely to be high but they will only come down as the system moves into the mass market.

Ex: Not the least of the ironies of this venture is that going ahead with it is as full of hazard as winding it down abruptly.

Ex: Pushing our bicycles up a very steep hill one sunny morning, two men on bicycles coasted down the hill and passed us.

Ex: His vehicle freewheeled backwards down a hill and collided with another vehicle heading up the hill.

Ex: Tourism takes a tumble in Australia due to the global credit crunch.

Ex: Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

* bajar a = head down to.

* bajar a Alguien del pedestal = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* bajar de categoría = demote.

* bajar de precio = come down in + price.

* bajar el listón = lower + the bar.

* bajar el nivel = lower + the bar.

* bajar el precio = lower + price.

* bajar la calidad = lower + standards.

* bajar la guardia = lower + Posesivo + guard.

* bajar la moral = lower + morale.

* bajar la ventana = wind down + window.

* bajar la voz = lower + Posesivo + voice.

* bajarle la nota a Alguien = mark + Nombre + down.

* bajarle los humos a Alguien = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size, take + the wind out of + Posesivo + sails.

* bajar los precios = roll back + prices.

* bajar mucho = go + way down.

* bajarse de = get off.

* bajarse de las nubes = get real.

* bajarse del tren = get off + the train.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* no bajarse del burro = stick to + Posesivo + guns.

* precio + bajar = price + fall.

* que baja los humos = humbling.

* subir y = move up and/or down.

* * *

bajar [A1 ]

vi

A

1 «ascensor/persona» (alejándose) to go down; (acercándose) to come down

yo bajo por la escalera I'll walk down o take the stairs

espérame, ya bajo wait for me, I'll be right down

¿bajas a la playa? are you coming (down) to the beach?

bajar A + INF to go/come down to + INF

bajó a saludarnos he came down to say hello

todavía no ha bajado a desayunar she hasn't come down for breakfast yet

ha bajado a comprar cigarrillos he's gone down to buy some cigarettes

2 (apearse) bajar DE algo ‹de un tren/un avión› to get off sth; ‹de un coche› to get out OF sth; ‹de un caballo/una bicicleta› to get off sth, dismount FROM sth

me caí al bajar del autobús I fell as I was getting off the bus

yo no bajo, me quedo en el coche I'm not getting out, I'll stay in the car

no sabe bajar sola del caballo she can't get down off the horse o dismount on her own

3 ( Dep) «equipo» to go down, be relegated

4

«río/aguas» (+ compl): el río baja crecido the river is (running) high

B

1 «marea» to go out

2 «fiebre/tensión» to go down, drop, fall; «hinchazón» to go down

han bajado mucho las temperaturas temperatures have fallen o dropped sharply

no le ha bajado la fiebre her fever o ( BrE) temperature hasn't gone down

3 «precio/valor» to fall, drop; «cotización» to fall

el dólar bajó ligeramente the dollar slipped back o fell slightly

nuestro volumen de ventas no ha bajado our turnover hasn't fallen o dropped o decreased

los precios bajaron en un 25% prices fell by 25%

los ordenadores están bajando de precio computers are going down in price

ha bajado mucho la calidad del producto the quality of the product has deteriorated badly

su popularidad ha bajado últimamente her popularity has diminished recently

seguro que no baja de los dos millones I bet it won't be o cost less than two million

ha bajado mucho en mi estima he's gone down o fallen a lot in my estimation

4 «período/menstruación» (+ me/te/le etc) to start

5

( Chi fam) (entrar) (+ me/te/le etc): con el vino le bajó un sueño tremendo the wine made him incredibly sleepy

al escuchar tanta estupidez nos bajó una rabia … listening to such nonsense made us so angry …

■ bajar

vt

A ‹escalera/cuesta› to go down

bajó la cuesta corriendo she ran down the hill

B

1 ‹brazo/mano› to put down, lower

bajó la cabeza/mirada avergonzado he bowed his head/lowered o dropped his eyes in shame

2 (de un armario, estante) to get down; (de una planta, habitación) to bring/take down

me ayudó a bajar la maleta he helped me to get my suitcase down

¿me bajas las llaves? can you bring down my keys?

hay que bajar estas botellas al sótano we have to take these bottles down to the basement

bajar algo/a algn DE algo to get sth/sb down FROM sth

bájame la caja del estante get the box down from the shelf (for me)

bájalo de la mesa/del caballo get him down off the table/horse

3 ‹persiana/telón› to lower

¿me bajas la cremallera? will you undo my zipper ( AmE) o ( BrE) zip for me?

le bajó los pantalones para ponerle una inyección she took his pants ( AmE) o ( BrE) trousers down to give him an injection

tengo que bajarle el dobladillo I have to let the hem down

baja la ventanilla open the window

C ‹precio› to lower; ‹fiebre› to bring down; ‹radio› to turn down

bájale el volumen or ( Col) al volumen turn the volume down

baja la calefacción/el gas turn the heating/the gas down

baja la voz lower your voice

lo bajaron de categoría it was downgraded o demoted

D ( Inf) to download

estoy bajando música a la computadora ( AmL) or al ordenador ( Esp) I'm downloading music to my computer

■ bajarse

v pron

A (apearse) bajarse DE algo ‹de un tren/un autobús› to get off sth; ‹de un coche› to get out OF sth; ‹de un caballo/una bicicleta› to get off sth, dismount FROM sth

me bajo en la próxima I'm getting off at the next stop

¡bájate del muro! get down off the wall!

B ‹pantalones› to take down, pull down; ‹falda› to pull down

C

1 (Arg, Col arg) (liquidar) to rub out (sl)

2 ( Arg arg) (tener relaciones sexuales con) to score with (sl)

* * *

bajar ( conjugate bajar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) [ascensor/persona] ( alejándose) to go down;

( acercándose) to come down;
◊ bajar por las escaleras to go/come down the stairs;

ya bajo I'll be right down
b) ( apearse) bajar de algo ‹de tren/avión› to get off sth;

‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth
c) (Dep) [ equipo] to go down

2
a) [ marea] to go out

b) [fiebre/tensión] to go down, drop;

[ hinchazón] to go down;
[ temperatura] to fall, drop
c) [precio/valor] to fall, drop;

[ calidad] to deteriorate;
[ popularidad] to diminish;
◊ bajar de precio to go down in price

verbo transitivo
1 ‹escalera/cuesta› to go down
2 ‹brazo/mano› to put down, lower
3
a) bajar algo (de algo) ‹de armario/estante› to get sth down (from sth);

‹ del piso de arriba› ( traer) to bring sth down (from sth);
( llevar) to take sth down (to sth)
b) bajar a algn de algo ‹de mesa/caballo› to get sb off sth

4
a) ‹persiana/telón› to lower;

‹ ventanilla› to open
b) ‹ cremallera› to undo

5 ‹ precio› to lower;
‹ fiebre› to bring down;
‹ volumen› to turn down;
‹ voz› to lower
bajarse verbo pronominal
1 ( apearse) bajarse de algo ‹de tren/autobús› to get off sth;
‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth;
‹de pared/árbol› to get down off sth
2 ‹ pantalones› to take down;
‹ falda› to pull down
bajar
I verbo transitivo
1 (descender) to come o go down: bajé corriendo la cuesta, I ran downhill ➣ Ver nota en ir 2 (llevar algo abajo) to bring o get o take down: baja los disfraces del trastero, bring the costumes down from the attic
3 (un telón) to lower
(una persiana) to let down
(la cabeza) to bow o lower
4 (reducir el volumen) to turn down
(la voz) to lower
5 (los precios, etc) to reduce, cut
6 (ropa, dobladillo) tengo que bajar el vestido, I've got to let the hem down
7 Mús tienes que bajar un tono, you've got to go down a tone
II verbo intransitivo
1 to go o come down: bajamos al bar, we went down to the bar
2 (apearse de un tren, un autobús) to get off
(de un coche) to get out [de, of]: tienes que bajarte en la siguiente parada, you've got to get off at the next stop
3 (disminuir la temperatura, los precios) to fall, drop: ha bajado su cotización en la bolsa, its share prices have dropped in the stock exchange
' bajar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abaratarse
- basura
- descender
- guardia
- irse
- a
- bandera
- hundir
- mirada
- poder
- vista
- volumen
English:
boil over
- bow
- bring down
- climb down
- come down
- decline
- decrease
- deflate
- descend
- dip
- down
- downgrade
- downstairs
- draw
- drop
- fall
- force down
- get down
- get off
- go below
- go down
- guard
- hang
- heave
- inflammation
- jump down
- jump off
- let down
- let off
- lift down
- lower
- mark down
- move down
- pull down
- relegate
- send down
- slide down
- slip
- slip down
- spiral down
- steeply
- subside
- swoop
- take down
- turn down
- walk down
- wind down
- bring
- can
- come

* * *

bajar

♦ vt

1. [poner abajo] [libro, cuadro] to take/bring down;
[telón, persiana] to lower; [ventanilla] to wind down, to open;
he bajado la enciclopedia de la primera a la última estantería I've moved the encyclopedia down from the top shelf to the bottom one;

ayúdame a bajar la caja [desde lo alto] help me get the box down;
[al piso de abajo] help me carry the box downstairs
2. [ojos, cabeza, mano] to lower;

bajó la cabeza con resignación she lowered o bowed her head in resignation

3. [descender] [montaña, escaleras] to go/come down;

bajó las escaleras a toda velocidad she ran down the stairs as fast as she could;

bajó la calle a todo correr he ran down the street as fast as he could

4. [reducir] [inflación, hinchazón] to reduce;
[precios] to lower, to cut; [música, volumen, radio] to turn down; [fiebre] to bring down;
bajar el fuego (de la cocina) to reduce the heat;

bajar el tono to lower one's voice;

bajar la moral a alguien to cause sb's spirits to drop;

bajar los bríos o [m5] humos a alguien to take sb down a peg or two

5. [hacer descender de categoría] to demote

6. Fam Informát to download

7. Carib Fam [pagar] to cough up, to pay up

♦ vi

1. [apearse] [de coche] to get out;
[de moto, bicicleta, tren, avión] to get off; [de caballo] to dismount; [de árbol, escalera, silla] to get/come down;
bajar de [de coche] to get out of;
[de moto, bicicleta, tren, avión] to get off; [de caballo] to get off, to dismount; [de árbol, escalera, silla, mesa] to get/come down from;
es peligroso bajar de un tren en marcha it is dangerous to jump off a train while it is still moving;

bajar a tierra [desde barco] to go on shore;

bajo en la próxima parada I'm getting off at the next stop

2. [descender] to go/come down;

¿podrías bajar aquí un momento? could you come down here a minute?;

tenemos que bajar a sacar la basura we have to go down to put the Br rubbish o US trash out;

bajo enseguida I'll be down in a minute;

bajar corriendo to run down;

bajar en ascensor to go/come down in the Br lift o US elevator;

bajar por la escalera to go/come down the stairs;

bajar (a) por algo to go down and get sth;

ha bajado a comprar el periódico she's gone out o down to get the paper;

bajar a desayunar to go/come down for breakfast;

el río baja crecido the river is high;

está bajando la marea the tide is going out;

el jefe ha bajado mucho en mi estima the boss has gone down a lot in my estimation

3. [disminuir] to fall, to drop;
[fiebre, hinchazón] to go/come down; [cauce] to go down, to fall;
los precios bajaron prices dropped;

bajó la gasolina the price of Br petrol o US gasoline fell;

el euro bajó frente a la libra the euro fell against the pound;

bajó la Bolsa esp Br share o esp US stock prices fell;

las acciones de C & C han bajado C & C esp Br share o esp US stock prices have fallen;

han bajado las ventas sales are down;

este modelo ha bajado de precio this model has gone down in price, the price of this model has gone down;

el coste total no bajará del millón the total cost will not be less than o under a million;

no bajará de tres horas it will take at least three hours, it won't take less than three hours

4. Fam [ir, venir] to go/come down;

bajaré a la capital la próxima semana I'll be going down to the capital next week;

¿por qué no bajas a vernos este fin de semana? why don't you come down to see us this weekend?

5. [descender de categoría] to be demoted (a to); Dep to be relegated, to go down (a to);
el Atlético bajó de categoría Atlético went down

♦ See also the pronominal verb bajarse

* * *

bajar

I v/t

1 voz, precio lower;

bajar la mirada lower one’s eyes o gaze, look down;

bajar algo de arriba get sth down

2 TV, radio turn down

3 escalera go down

4 INFOR download

II v/i

1 go down

2 de intereses fall, drop

* * *

bajar vt

1) descender: to lower, to let down, to take down

2) reducir: to reduce (prices)

3) inclinar: to lower, to bow (the head)

4) : to go down, to descend

5)

bajar de categoría : to downgrade

bajar vi

1) : to drop, to fall

2) : to come down, to go down

3) : to ebb (of tides)

♦ See also the reflexive verb bajarse

* * *

bajar vb

1. (ir abajo) to go down

tengo que bajar a recepción I've got to go down to reception

siempre bajamos a pie we always walk down

¿bajas tú o subo yo? are you coming down or shall I come up?

2. (descender) to drop [pt. & pp. dropped] / to fall [pt. fell; pp. fallen] / to go down

el nivel del agua ha bajado the level of the water has gone down

la temperatura ha bajado the temperature has dropped

el precio de la vivienda ha bajado the price of houses has come down

3. (salir de un coche) to get out

¡bájate del coche! get out of the car!

4. (salir de un tren, autobús) to get off

bajó del tren he got off the train

5. (llevar abajo) to get down / to take down [pt. took; pp. taken]

¿me bajas la maleta? can you get my suitcase down?

voy a bajar la basura I'm going to take the rubbish down

6. (traer abajo) to bring down [pt. & pp. brought]

¿me bajas el bolso? can you bring my bag down?

7. (voz, vista) to lower

baja la voz lower your voice

bajó la vista she looked down

8. (cabeza) to bow

bajé la cabeza I bowed my head

9. (volumen) to turn down

baja la música, por favor turn the music down, please

Spanish-English dictionary > bajar
17 grito

m.

1 shout (chillido).

se escuchaban los gritos de los manifestantes you could hear the demonstrators chanting

dar o pegar un grito to shout o scream (out)

a grito limpio o pelado (informal) at the top of one's voice

hablar a gritos to shout, to talk at the top of one's voice

pedir algo a gritos (figurative) to be crying out for something

poner el grito en el cielo (informal) to hit the roof

ser el último grito to be the latest fashion o craze, to be the in thing

grito de dolor cry of pain

grito de guerra war o battle cry

2 hoot.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: gritar.

* * *

grito

► nombre masculino

1 shout (chillido) cry, scream

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a grito limpio / a grito pelado at the top of one's voice

a voz en grito at the top of one's voice

dar un grito to shout 2 (chillar) to scream

el último grito figurado the latest thing, the last word

pedir algo a gritos figurado to be crying out for something, be badly in need of something

pegar un grito to shout 2 (chillar) to scream

poner el grito en el cielo figurado to hit the ceiling, hit the roof

* * *

noun m.

shout, cry, scream

* * *

SM

1) (=voz alta) shout; (=chillido) scream; [de animal] cry, sound

a gritos — at the top of one's voice

¡no des esos gritos! — stop shouting like that!

llorar a gritos — to weep and wail

pegar o lanzar un grito — to cry out

gritos de protesta — shouts of protest

- poner el grito en el cielo

pedir algo a gritos —

esa chica está pidiendo un corte de pelo a gritos — that girl badly needs a haircut

- a grito pelado

- es el último grito

es el último grito del lujo — it's the last word in luxury

- a voz en grito

2) (=abucheo) jeer

3) LAm proclamation

el grito de Dolores — the proclamation of Mexican independence (1810)

grito de independencia — proclamation of independence

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( de persona)

un grito de dolor/terror — a cry of pain/terror

dio un grito de alegría/sorpresa — she let out a whoop of joy/a gasp of astonishment

gritos de protesta — shouts o cries of protest

dame un grito si... — give me a shout if...

siempre habla a gritos — he always talks at the top of his voice

a grito limpio or pelado — (fam) at the top of one's voice

pedir or estar pidiendo algo a gritos — (fam) to be crying out for something (colloq)

poner el grito en el cielo — (fam) to hit the roof o ceiling (colloq)

ser el último grito — to be the last word in fashion

b) (de pájaro, animal) call, cry

2) (Hist)

el grito (de Independencia) — declaration of independence ( in some Latin American countries)

* * *

= cry, shout, yelp, shriek, scream, holler.

Ex. The cry is often heard that it is impossible to put nonbook materials on open shelves because they will be stolen.

Ex. Slake was disturbed in his daydream by shouts from the park attendant.

Ex. Then he did several backflips and wailed aloud in his misery and woe, his yelps of distress quite filling the empyrean.

Ex. He heard curses of lost men and women; he heard shrieks and groans and all that goes with drunkenness, debauchery, lust and sin.

Ex. Research shows that chimpanzees vary their screams depending on the severity of the attack.

Ex. But luckily the animals were all fairly timid and with a holler they would take off running.

----

* a grito limpio = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.

* a grito pelado = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.

* a gritos = vociferously.

* a voz en grito = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.

* cantar a grito pelado = belt out.

* chillar a grito pelado = scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, wail like + a banshee.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar un grito = holler.

* de último grito = streamlined.

* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* grito de aliento = cheer.

* grito de angustia = cry of anguish.

* grito de guerra = battle cry, war cry.

* grito de horror = cry of horror.

* gritos = screaming.

* lanzar gritos de protesta = cry of protest + go up.

* pegar gritos = shriek, shout.

* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.

* ser el último grito = be all the rage.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( de persona)

un grito de dolor/terror — a cry of pain/terror

dio un grito de alegría/sorpresa — she let out a whoop of joy/a gasp of astonishment

gritos de protesta — shouts o cries of protest

dame un grito si... — give me a shout if...

siempre habla a gritos — he always talks at the top of his voice

a grito limpio or pelado — (fam) at the top of one's voice

pedir or estar pidiendo algo a gritos — (fam) to be crying out for something (colloq)

poner el grito en el cielo — (fam) to hit the roof o ceiling (colloq)

ser el último grito — to be the last word in fashion

b) (de pájaro, animal) call, cry

2) (Hist)

el grito (de Independencia) — declaration of independence ( in some Latin American countries)

* * *

= cry, shout, yelp, shriek, scream, holler.

Ex: The cry is often heard that it is impossible to put nonbook materials on open shelves because they will be stolen.

Ex: Slake was disturbed in his daydream by shouts from the park attendant.

Ex: Then he did several backflips and wailed aloud in his misery and woe, his yelps of distress quite filling the empyrean.

Ex: He heard curses of lost men and women; he heard shrieks and groans and all that goes with drunkenness, debauchery, lust and sin.

Ex: Research shows that chimpanzees vary their screams depending on the severity of the attack.

Ex: But luckily the animals were all fairly timid and with a holler they would take off running.

* a grito limpio = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.

* a grito pelado = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.

* a gritos = vociferously.

* a voz en grito = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.

* cantar a grito pelado = belt out.

* chillar a grito pelado = scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, wail like + a banshee.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar un grito = holler.

* de último grito = streamlined.

* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* grito de aliento = cheer.

* grito de angustia = cry of anguish.

* grito de guerra = battle cry, war cry.

* grito de horror = cry of horror.

* gritos = screaming.

* lanzar gritos de protesta = cry of protest + go up.

* pegar gritos = shriek, shout.

* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.

* ser el último grito = be all the rage.

* * *

grito

masculine

A

1

(chillido): lanzó un grito de dolor/terror he gave a cry of pain/terror

dio un grito de alegría/sorpresa she let out o gave a whoop of joy/a gasp of astonishment

gritos de protesta shouts o cries of protest

no pegues esos gritos que no estoy sorda don't shout like that, I'm not deaf

le pegué un grito pero ya se había ido I shouted (out) to him but he'd already left

hay que ver los gritos que le pega you should hear the way he shouts o yells at her

a gritos: siempre habla a gritos he always talks at the top of his voice

lo llamó a gritos desde la orilla she shouted o yelled to him from the shore

a grito limpio or pelado ( fam); at the top of one's voice

estar en un grito (CS fam); to be in agony

pedir or estar pidiendo algo a gritos ( fam); to be crying out for sth ( colloq)

poner el grito en el cielo ( fam); to hit the roof o ceiling ( colloq)

ser el último grito: esa falda es el último grito that skirt is the last word in fashion o the very latest fashion

ser grito y plata ( Chi fam); to be a cinch ( colloq)

2 (de pájaro, animal) call, cry

B ( Hist):

el grito (de Independencia) declaration of independence ( in some Latin American countries)

* * *

Del verbo gritar: ( conjugate gritar)

grito es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

gritó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
gritar
grito
gritar ( conjugate gritar) verbo intransitivo
to shout;
◊ no hace falta que grites there's no need to shout o yell;

grito de dolor to scream with pain;
grito de alegría to shout for joy;
grito pidiendo ayuda to shout for help;
gritole a algn to shout at sb;

( para llamarlo) to shout (out) to sb
verbo transitivo
to shout
grito sustantivo masculino
a) (de dolor, alegría) shout, cry;

( de terror) scream;
◊ un grito de socorro a cry for help;

gritos de protesta shouts o cries of protest;
hablar a gritos to talk at the top of one's voice;
ser el último grito to be the last word in fashion
b) (de pájaro, animal) call, cry

gritar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to shout
Normalmente, cuando quieres gritar a alguien, debes usar la preposición to: Me gritó desde la otra acera. He shouted to me from the other pavement. Sin embargo, si quieres gritar con enfado, debes usar la preposición at: No tienes que gritarme. You don't have to shout at me. También podrías emplear el verbo to cry out, pero recuerda que indica miedo o sorpresa.
grito sustantivo masculino shout: hablaba a grito pelado, she was talking at the top of her voice
me dio un grito, he shouted at me
oí un grito escalofriante, I heard a horrifying scream
♦ Locuciones: a voz en grito, at the top of one's voice
poner el grito en el cielo, to hit the ceiling
' grito' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
berrido
- bocinazo
- bramido
- chillido
- desgarrada
- desgarrado
- escapar
- gritar
- lanzar
- pelada
- pelado
- sofocar
- voz
- ahogado
- ahogar
- angustioso
- dar
- espeluznante
- estremecedor
- fuerza
- pegar
- porra
- socorro
- soltar
English:
arm
- battle-cry
- belt out
- blare out I
- call
- cry
- follow
- gasp
- height
- jeer
- let out
- lung
- rage
- roof
- sharp
- shout
- state-of-the-art
- top
- utter
- voice
- whoop
- word
- yell
- hoot
- loudly
- scream
- shiver
- shriek
- squeal

* * *

grito nm
[chillido] shout; [de dolor, miedo] cry, scream; [de sorpresa, de animal] cry;
se escuchaban los gritos de los manifestantes you could hear the demonstrators chanting;

los gritos de ánimo le ayudaron a finalizar la carrera the shouts of encouragement helped him to finish the race;

dar o [m5] pegar un grito to shout o scream (out);

hablar a gritos to shout, to talk at the top of one's voice;

Comp
CSur Fam
estar en un grito to be in agony;

Comp

pedir algo a gritos to be crying out for sth;

este niño está pidiendo a gritos que le den unos azotes this boy is asking to get slapped;

Comp
Fam
poner el grito en el cielo to hit the roof;

Comp

ser el último grito to be the latest fashion o craze, to be the in thing

Comp
grito de guerra war o battle cry
EL GRITO (DE LA INDEPENDENCIA)

At 11pm on 15th September every year, the President of Mexico appears on the balcony of the National Palace in the capital and begins the Independence Day celebrations by addressing the crowds packed in the Plaza Mayor before him with the shout “Mexicanos, viva México!”. This commemorates the night in 1810 (actually the early morning of 16th September) when the father of Mexican independence, the priest Miguel Hidalgo y Costilla, used these words at the close of a speech delivered to his parishioners in the small provincial town of Dolores (now Dolores Hidalgo), in the state of Guanajuato. In the address he urged the people of the town, who were mainly poor Indians and lower-class “mestizos”, to rebel against Spanish colonial rule, and he then led them on his unsuccessful military campaign, which ended in his execution the following year. The president's re-enactment of the “ grito de Dolores” is echoed in similar events in towns and cities across the nation.

* * *

grito

m cry, shout;

dar gritos shout;

a grito pelado at the top of one’s voice;

pedir algo a gritos fam be crying out for sth;

poner el grito en el cielo hit the roof fam ;

el último grito en teléfonos móviles the last word in cell phones

* * *

grito nm

: shout, scream, cry

a grito pelado: at the top of one's voice

* * *

grito n

1. (en general) shout

se oían gritos de protesta you could here the shouts of protest

los manifestantes daban gritos the demonstrators were shouting

2. (de dolor) cry [pl. cries]

dio un grito de dolor she cried out in pain

3. (de miedo) scream

a grito limpio / a grito pelado at the top of your voice

a voz en grito at the top of your voice

hablar a gritos to talk at the top of your voice

pedir a gritos to be crying out for something

poner el grito en el cielo to hit the roof

el último grito the latest fashion

estos zapatos son el último grito these shoes are the latest fashion

grito de guerra war cry

Spanish-English dictionary > grito
18 вятър

wind

внезапен вятър a gust (of wind)

насрещен вятър a contrary wind, headwind

попътен вятър a fair/tail wind

силен вятър a strong/fresh wind, gale

мор. a high wind

слаб/лек вятъра (gentle) breeze

вятър, който духа откъм. сушата an off-shore wind

вятър, който духа откъм морето seawind

духа силен вятър there is a strong wind blowing

задуха вятър the wind sprang up, the wind started to blow; the wind rose

вятърът се засилва the wind is rising

няма никакъв вятър not a wind stirs

вятърът стихна the wind has dropped/fallen

стоя на вятъра, духа ме вятърът stand in the wind/in the windy side

срещу вятъра against the wind, in the wind's. eye, in the teeth of the wind

плувам срещу вятъра sail to/be close to/be near to the wind

по-посока на вятъра down wind, before/down the wind

довеян от вятъра blown in on the wind

отде духа вятърът? what quarter is the wind in?

на вятъра (напразно) in vain, to no purpose

според както духа вятърът as the wind blows

виждам накъде духа вятърът see how the wind lies

говоря на вятър a waste words/o.'s breath

завя друг вятър the wind changed

обръщам се накъдето духа вятърът trim o.'s sails. to the wind; bend with the wind; be a weathercock; know on which side o.'s bread is. buttered

отивам си на вятъра be thrown away; end in smoke; be wasted

всичкият ми труд отиде на вятъра all my work was wasted

правя-някому вятър fawn on s.o.; butter up s.o.

хвърлям на вятъра pour down the drain

вятър говее he is a feather-head/ам. a light weighty you can't take him seriously

вятър (работа). вятър и мъгла bunkum, moonshine, (tommy) rot, all my eye (and Betty Martin)

червен вятър мед. St. Antony's fire, erysipelas

* * *

вя̀тър,

м., ветровѐ, (два) вя̀търа wind; внезапен \вятър gust (of wind); \вятър, който духа откъм морето seawind; \вятър, който духа откъм сушата off-shore wind; \вятърът се засилва the wind is rising; \вятърът стихна the wind has dropped/fallen; довян от \вятъра blown in on the wind; задуха \вятър the wind sprang up, the wind started to blow; the wind rose; насрещен \вятър contrary wind, headwind; няма никакъв \вятър not a wind stirs; откъде духа \вятърът? which way/how the is wind blowing? what quarter is the wind in? плувам срещу \вятъра sail to/be close to/be near to the wind; по посока на \вятъра down wind, before/down the wind; попътен \вятър fair/tail wind; силен \вятър strong/fresh wind, gale; мор. high wind; слаб/лек \вятър (gentle) breeze; срещу \вятъра against the wind, in the wind’s eye, in the teeth of the wind; стоя на \вятъра, духа ме \вятърът stand in the wind/in the windy side; • \вятър го вее he is a feather-head/a flyaway/амер. he is a light weight, you can’t take him seriously; he plays the giddy goat; \вятър (работа), \вятър и мъгла bunkum, moonshine, (tommy) rot, all my eye (and Betty Martin); говоря на \вятъра waste words/o.’s breath; завя друг \вятър the wind changed; както духа \вятърът as the wind blows; на \вятъра ( напразно) in vain, to no purpose; разг. down the drain; обръщам се накъдето духа \вятърът trim o.’s sails to the wind; bend with the wind; be a weather cock; know on which side o.’s bread is buttered; отивам си на \вятъра go for nothing; be thrown away; end in smoke; be wasted; правя някому \вятър fawn on s.o.; butter up s.o.; хвърлям на \вятъра pour down the drain; червен \вятър мед. St. Antony’s fire, erysipelas.

* * *

wind: a contrary вятър - насрещен вятър; mackerel-breeze (благоприятен за лов на скумрия)

* * *
1. wind 2. ВЯТЪР (работа). ВЯТЪР и мъгла bunkum, moonshine, (tommy) rot, all my eye (and Betty Martin) 3. ВЯТЪР говее he is a feather-head/ ам. a light weighty you can't take him seriously 4. ВЯТЪР, който духа откъм морето seawind 5. ВЯТЪР, който духа откъм. сушата an off-shore wind 6. ВЯТЪРът се засилва the wind is rising 7. ВЯТЪРът стихна the wind has dropped/fallen 8. виждам накъде духа ВЯТЪРът see how the wind lies 9. внезапен ВЯТЪР а gust (of wind) 10. всичкият ми труд отиде на ВЯТЪРа all my work was wasted 11. говоря на ВЯТЪР a waste words/o.'s breath 12. довеян от ВЯТЪРа blown in on the wind 13. духа силен ВЯТЪР there is a strong wind blowing 14. завя друг ВЯТЪР the wind changed 15. задуха ВЯТЪР the wind sprang up, the wind started to blow;the wind rose 16. мор. a high wind 17. на ВЯТЪРa (напразно) in vain, to no purpose 18. насрещен ВЯТЪР a contrary wind, headwind 19. няма никакъв ВЯТЪР not a wind stirs 20. обръщам се накъдето духа ВЯТЪРът trim o.'s sails. to the wind;bend with the wind;be a weathercock;know on which side o.'s bread is. buttered 21. отде духа ВЯТЪРът? what quarter is the wind in? 22. отивам си на ВЯТЪРа be thrown away;. end in smoke;be wasted 23. плувам срещу ВЯТЪРa sail to/be close to/be near to the wind 24. по -посока на ВЯТЪРa down wind, before/down the wind 25. попътен ВЯТЪР a fair/tail wind 26. правя-някому ВЯТЪР fawn on s.o.;butter up s.o. 27. силен ВЯТЪР a strong/ fresh wind, gale 28. слаб/ лек ВЯТЪРa (gentle) breeze 29. според както духа ВЯТЪРът as the wind blows 30. срещу ВЯТЪРа against the wind, in the wind's. eye, in the teeth of the wind 31. стоя на ВЯТЪРа,. духа ме ВЯТЪРът stand in the wind/in the windy side 32. хвърлям на ВЯТЪРa pour down the drain 33. червен ВЯТЪР мед. St. Antony's fire, erysipelas

Български-английски речник > вятър
19 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
20 त्रि _tri

त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].

-Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.

-2 a third part.

-3 three-fourths.

-अक्ष a. triocular.

-अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.

-अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.

-2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).

-3 a genealogist. (

-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.

-अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.

-2 a sort of colly- rium. (

-टः) N. of Śiva.

-अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).

-अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.

-अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.

-अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.

-अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.

-अधिष्ठानः the soul. (

नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.

-अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).

-अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (

-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.

-अब्द a. three years old.

-ब्दम् three years taken collectively.

-अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.

-अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī

-अशीत a. eighty-third.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-three.

-अष्टन् a. twenty-four.

-अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (

-स्रम्) a triangle.

-अहः 1 a period of three days.

-2 a festival lasting three days.

-आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.

-आहिक a.

1 performed or produced in three days.

-2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).

-3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.

-ऋचम् (

तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.

-ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.

-ककुद् m.

1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.

-2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 the highest, chief.

-4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.

-ककुभ् m. Ved.

1 Indra.

-2 Indra's thunderbolt.

-कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.

-कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.

-करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.

-कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).

-काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.

-कायः N. of Buddha.

-कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.

-2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (

-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)

1 a divine sage, seer.

-2 a deity.

-3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.

1 a Buddha.

-2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).

-कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.

-कूटम् sea-salt.

कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.

-कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.

(-णः) 1 a triangle.

-2 the vulva.

-खम् 1 tin.

-2 a cucumber.

-खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.

-क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.

-गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.

-गत a.

1 tripled.

-2 done in three days.

-गर्ताः (pl.)

1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.

-2 the people or rulers of that country.

-3 a particular mode of calculation.

-गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.

-2 a woman in general.

-3 a pearl.

-4 a kind of cricket.

-गुण a.

1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.

-2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.

-3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (

-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.

-णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.

(-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.

-चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.

-चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.

-चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.

-जगत् n.

-जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.

-जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).

-जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.

-णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.

-णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.

-णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.

-णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.

-2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.

-णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).

-णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.

-तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.

-दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.

-2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (

-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.

-दण्डिन् m.

1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.

-2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.

-दशाः (pl.)

1 thirty.

-2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (

-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः

1 heaven.

-2 the mountain Meru.

-3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः

1 Indra.

-2 Śiva.

-3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः

1 Agni.

-2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.

-दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.

-दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.

-2 sky, atmosphere.

-3 paradise.

-4 happi- ness. (

-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः

1 an epithet of Indra.

-2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा

1 the Ganges.

-2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.

-दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.

-धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.

-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;

-तुम् 1 the triple world.

-2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.

-धामन् m.

1 N. of Viṣṇu.

-2 of Vyāsa;

-3 of Śiva.

-4 of Agni.

-5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.

-धारा the Ganges.

-नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.

- नवत a. ninety-third.

-नवतिः f. ninety three.

-नयना Pārvat&imacr.

-नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.

-नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.

-नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.

-पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.

-पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.

-पुटः glass (काच).

-पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.

-2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.

-पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.

-पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.

-2 a place where three roads meet. (

-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.

-पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.

1 Viṣṇu.

-2 fever (personified).

-पद a. three-footed. (

-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.

-पदिका 1 a tripod.

-2 a stand with three feet.

-पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.

-2 the Gāyatrī metre.

-3 a tripod.

-4 the plant गोधापदी.

-परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.

-पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.

-पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).

-2 the figure formed by such intersection.

-पाटिका a beak.

पाठिन् a.

1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.

-2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.

-पादः 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 fever.

-पाद् a.

1 having three feet.

-2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.

-3 trinomial. (-m.)

1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).

-पुट a. triangular.

(-टः) 1 an arrow.

-2 the palm of the hand.

-3 a cubit.

-4 a bank or shore.

-पुटकः a triangle.

-पुटा an epithet of Durgā.

-पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.

-पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.

-पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.

-2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (

-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.

(-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.

-2 N. of a country.

-पुरुष a

1 having the length of three men.

-2 having three assistants. (

-षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.

-पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (

ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.

-पौरुष a.

1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.

2 offered to three (as oblations).

-3 inherited from three (as an estate).

-प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.

-फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).

-बन्धनः the individual soul.

-बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.

1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.

-2 the anus.

-बलीकम् the anus.

-बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.

-ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.

-भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.

-भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.

-भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.

-भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.

-2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.

-भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).

-भुजम् a triangle.

-भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.

-भूमः a palace with three floors.

-मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.

-मधु n.

-मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.

-2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).

-3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.

-4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.

-मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.

-मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.

-मुखः an epithet of Buddha.

-मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.

-मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.

-2 Buddha, or Jina.

-मूर्धन् m.

1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.

-2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.

-यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.

-यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.

-यामकम् sin.

-यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.

-2 turmeric.

-3 the Indigo plant.

-4 the river Yamuṇā.

-युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.

-योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).

-रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.

-रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (

-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (

-त्रम्) a period of three nights.

-रेखः a conch-shell.

-लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.

-2 possessing the three Guṇas. (

-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (

-गी) the three genders taken collectively.

-लोकम् the three worlds. (

-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of

1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.

-2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.

-लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.

-लोचनः Śiva.

(-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.

-वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.

-2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.

-3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.

-4 the three higher castes.

-5 the three myrobalans.

-6 propriety, decorum.

-वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.

-वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.

-वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)

-वली the anus.

-वारम् ind. three times, thrice.

-विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.

-विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.

-विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.

-2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.

-वृत् a.

1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.

-2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)

1 a sacrifice.

-2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.

-3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.

-वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).

-वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.

-वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.

-2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.

-वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.

-शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]

-2 the Chātaka bird.

-3 a cat.

-4 a grass-hopper.

-5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.

-शत a. three hundred.

(-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.

-2 three hundred.

-शरणः a Buddha.

-शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).

-शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.

-शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.

-शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.

-2 a crown or crest (with three points).

-शिरस् m.

1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.

-2 an epithet of Kubera.

-3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.

-शीर्षः Śiva.

-शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.

-शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.

-2 a triangle.

-शोकः the soul.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-three.

-ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.

-संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also

-त्रिसवनम् (

-षवणम्); Ms.11.216.

-संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.

-सप्तत a. seventy-third.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.

-सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.

-सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.

-सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.

-सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.

-सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.

-साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.

-सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.

-साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.

-सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).

-2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.

-स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.

-स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.

1 having 3 dwelling places.

-2 extending through the 3 worlds.

-स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.

-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).

-हायण a. three years old.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

head — headlike, adj. /hed/, n. 1. the upper part of the body in humans, joined to the trunk by the neck, containing the brain, eyes, ears, nose, and mouth. 2. the corresponding part of the body in other animals. 3. the head considered as the center of… … Universalium
head — /hɛd / (say hed) noun 1. the upper part of the human body, joined to the trunk by the neck. 2. the corresponding part of an animal s body. 3. the head considered as the seat of thought, memory, understanding, etc.: to have a head for mathematics …
head — [[t]hɛd[/t]] n. 1) anat. the anterior or upper part of the vertebrate body, containing the skull with mouth, eyes, ears, nose, and brain 2) zool. the corresponding part of the body in invertebrates 3) the head considered as the center of the… … From formal English to slang
Head of Chezzetcook, Nova Scotia — Head of Chezzetcook is a community on the Eastern Shore Marine Drive route of Halifax Regional Municipality in Nova Scotia. The Head of Chezzetcook area begins at the intersections of routes 7 and 207, near Porters Lake and West Chezzetcook, and… … Wikipedia
Shore Tilbe Irwin + Partners — (STI+P), architects and engineers, is an architectural firm based in Toronto, Canada. Founded in 1945, the firm has completed numerous projects across Canada, as well as in other locations in the United States and Bermuda. The buildings designed… … Wikipedia
Shore Line East — Ex Amtrak CTDOT P40DC #841 at New Haven Union Station Overview Type … Wikipedia
Head-on collision — with two cars involved … Wikipedia
Head of the River (New South Wales) — The Head of the River rowing regatta refers to two New South Wales school rowing competitions, one for boys and one for girls.NSW Schoolboy Head of the River RegattaThe schoolboys NSW Head of the River regatta is run by the Athletic Association… … Wikipedia
Shore Leave (Star Trek) — NOTOC ST episode name = Shore Leave Oh! My paws and whiskers! I ll be late! series = TOS ep num = 15 prod num = 017 remas. num = 32 date = December 29 1966 writer = Theodore Sturgeon director = Robert Sparr guest = Marcia Brown Emily Banks Oliver … Wikipedia
Head of the River (Australia) — The Head of the River is a name given to six annual Australian rowing regattas held in New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland, Tasmania, Western Australia and South Australia. The regattas feature competing independent schools, and the winner of… … Wikipedia
Head of the Harbor, New York — Infobox Settlement official name = Head of the Harbor, New York settlement type = Village nickname = motto = imagesize = image caption = image |pushpin pushpin label position = pushpin map caption =Location within the state of New York pushpin… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

head for shore

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

head for shore

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: